corporate governance code -...

144
Page # 1 EXHIBIT TO BOARD MINUTES No. 331 DATED JUNE 12, 2013 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

Upload: dangtu

Post on 22-Mar-2018

215 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 1

EXHIBIT TO BOARD MINUTES No. 331 DATED JUNE 12, 2013

CORPORATE

GOVERNANCE CODE

Page 2: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A. Overview. B. Scope of Application. C. Applicable Laws and Regulations. D. Code of Ethics. E. Code of Banking Practice. F. Structure of the Company and its Subsidiaries. G. Shareholders; Shareholders’ Meetings and Tender Offers.

1. Shareholders. 2. Shareholders’ Meeting. 3. Control Acquisitions.

H. Board of Directors.

1. Composition. 2. Eligibility Requirements for Directors. 3. Eligibility Requirements for Independent Directors. 4. Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board

Members.

5. Rules governing Directors’ Removal, Vacancies, Absences, Resignations, Termination of Office.

6. Authority and Powers. 7. Responsibilities. a. Principles. b. Risk Management, Definition and Identification. c. Personal Information to be provided by Directors. 8. Right to be Informed. 9. Performance Assessment. 10. Operation Rules. 11. Compensation to Directors. 12. The Board’s Secretary’s Office. I. Committees 1. Executive Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 2. Audit Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 3. Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and

Terrorism Financing

a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 4. Information Technology Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities

Page 3: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 3

5. Credit Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 6. Personnel Incentives Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 7. Risk Management Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 8. Corporate Governance Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 9. Ethics Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 10. Finance Committee a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 11. Committee of Homes a. Composition and Requirements for Membership b. Responsibilities 12. Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs c. Composition and Requirements for Membership d. Responsibilities J. Office of the General Manager and Senior Management 1. Requirements of the positions 2. Duties and Responsibilities a. Principles b. Risk Management c. Personal Details to be provided by the General Manager and

senior management

K. Duties of the Members of the Organization

1. Duty of Diligence 2. Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality 3. Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation 4. Conflict of Interest 5. Procurement Decisions 6. Succession Planning Policy 7. Personnel Incentives Policy

L. Transparency in Information; Fluency and Completeness

1. Annual Report 2. Financial Statements 3. Regulatory Information required by the Control Authorities

M. Policies in connection with the Shareholders, the Depositors and

Relevant Third Parties

1. Duties owed to the Shareholders a. Information and Response to Enquiries b. Fair Treatment c. Dividend Policy

2. Protection of Depositors’ Interests 3. Protection of the Interests of Relevant Third Parties 4. Social Balance Sheet

Page 4: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 4

N. Supervision and Internal Control

1. General Principle of Internal Control 2. Supervisory Committee

a. Composition b. Requirements to serve as Statutory Auditor c. Responsibilities, Powers and Duties

3. External Audit a. Requirements for the position b. Rotation and Hiring Regime

4. Internal Auditor a. Independence b. Requirements and Obligations c. Planning and Reports

5. Compliance with Internal Controls O. Review and Report on Corporate Governance P. Relationship of the Company with its Subsidiaries

1. Supervision and Coordination Structure a. Supervision of Subsidiaries b. Internal Supervision and Coordination Mechanisms c. Supervision and Coordination Mechanisms of

Subsidiaries

d. Corporate Audit e. Annual Approval of the Business Plan and Budget

2. Responsible of Relationships 3. Corporate Policies 4. Information and Reports 5. Conflict Resolution

EXHIBIT A – Code of Ethics EXHIBIT B – Code of Banking Practice EXHIBIT C – Rules of operation of the Board and its Committees

Page 5: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 5

A. Overview. Banco Hipotecario believes it is important for institutions to have a Corporate Governance System that provides guidance for its corporate bodies to be structured and to operate in the interest of the Company and its shareholders. The Bank’s Corporate Governance is conceived as a dynamic process that considers the Company’s evolution, the results achieved throughout its development, the rules that may be set, and the recommendations given regarding the best market practices suited to its social reality. In such regard, the Bank’s Corporate Governance System comprises this code, the corporate by-laws and the applicable laws as detailed under “Applicable Laws and Regulations” which govern matters related to the Company’s operations, Shareholders’ Meetings, the Board of Directors, the General Management, the Senior Management and the various Committees as listed under “Committees”, and members of the Company. On the other hand, the Bank’s Corporate Governance System has internal conduct rules contained in the code of ethics which sanction the ethical tenets and principles governing the behavior of its directors, officers and employees. B. Scope of Application.

This Code supplements the laws and regulations listed in the following paragraph under “Applicable Laws and Regulations” and intends to establish the basic rules for the operation of Banco Hipotecario and its Subsidiaries, the oversight of its directors and officers and the performance of their duties imposed on all of them, so as to organize, conduct and manage the Company with the highest efficiency and transparency levels for the benefits of its shareholders and stakeholders. C. Applicable Laws and Regulations.

In drafting this Corporate Governance Code, the laws applicable to the Company have been considered, and in particular the provisions of Laws 21,526; 26,831; 19,550; 25,877, 24,855 and 24,240, as amended, Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831-, implementing and supplementary decrees, the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank (Banco Central de la República Argentina, or BCRA), the Argentine Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional de Valores, or CNV); the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires, or BCBA), the over-the-counter market (Mercado Abierto Electrónico, or MAE), and the corporate by-laws. D. Code of Ethics. The Company has internal rules of conduct that sanction the ethical tenets and principles governing the behavior of its directors and employees, always observing the Laws and rules applicable to the banking business. In such regard, the Code of Ethics, enclosed as Exhibit A hereto, is incorporated to the Corporate Governance System of Banco Hipotecario and its Subsidiaries. E. Code of Banking Practice. The Code of Banking Practice has been drafted with the participation of all the Banking Associations and Financial Institutions of the Republic of Argentina, as a self-regulation initiative seeking to promote the best banking practices in Argentina.

Page 6: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 6

Banco Hipotecario was one of the institutions that voluntarily adhered to the referred Code, in the belief that its adoption will contribute to strengthening the rights of the users of financial services and products, whilst improving transparency of the information supplied to the financial institution’s clients. Therefore, the Code of Banking Practice, enclosed as Exhibit B hereto, is incorporated into the Corporate Governance System of Banco Hipotecario and its Subsidiaries, and shall contribute to the continued consolidation of consumers’ rights, and in this particular case, those arising from Law No. 24,240. In addition, its enforcement will be continuously monitored by the institution itself, through a Compliance Officer, and by an independent entity, the Self-Regulation Council, that will represent the interests of the banking industry insofar as concerns the enforcement of the Code. Repeated breaches of the Code shall result in the forfeiture of the institution’s capacity as adherent. F. Structure of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Law No 24,855 declared the former Banco Hipotecario Nacional, a governmental institution founded on November 15, 1886, subject to privatization and resolved to convert it into a corporation (sociedad anónima). Pursuant to the above mentioned law, its implementing decrees, Decree 677/1997; Decree 924/1997; and Decree 1394/1998 and the Resolutions issued by the BCRA, Resolution 271/2007, Resolution 664/1998; Resolution 362/2001 and Communication “B” 6444, since December 24, 1998 the Company has operated as a retail commercial bank under the name of Banco Hipotecario SA. The Bank was authorized by the CNV to offer its shares to the public and by the BCBA to have its shares listed and traded in that stock exchange. The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of subsidiaries, BHN Sociedad de Inversión SA, whose purpose is to make investments and manage equity interests in other companies; BHN Vida SA, life risk insurer; BHN Seguros Generales SA, fire and property damage risk insurer; BACS Banco de Crédito y Securitización SA, which operates as a second-tier commercial bank; BH Valores Sociedad de Bolsa SA, whose purpose is to conduct stock exchange transactions, Tarshop SA, credit card issuer and BACS Administradora de Servicios SA, a mutual fund management company. Therefore, the structure of the Bank and its subsidiaries is as follows:

Page 7: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 7

In the corporate structure of Banco Hipotecario and its subsidiaries, the controlling Company performs the core financial intermediation activities and delegates to other business units supplementary businesses and services such as second-tier banking; insurance; stock exchange transactions and issuance of Shopping credit cards, whilst maintaining and boosting synergy among its different customers, to the extent possible. None of the companies that are members of the group has any affiliates or subsidiaries abroad or conducts any offshore transactions. In addition, the organization does not apply complex structures or trusts for the development of its business. Each company’s participation as trustor, trustee or residual beneficiary is limited to the execution of financial trusts, whose representative securities are generally subject to the public offering regime, and the most relevant data as well as the investments in the certificates and securities issued thereunder are disclosed in the Bank’s individual and consolidated financial statements. The Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario promotes the application by the business group of policies and procedures aimed at:

a) avoiding the performance of activities that hinder transparency;

b) seeing that each subsidiary identifies, assesses and manages the risks originated in its business;

c) establishing adequate procedures for approving transactions and new products, in particular in connection with such activities (for example, applicable limits, measures for mitigating legal and reputational risk, reporting requirements, etc.);

d) clearly delineating the responsibilities of each member of the economic group and business line within the organization, insofar as concerns corporate governance;

Page 8: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 8

e) defining and understanding the purpose of those activities and seeing that they are enforced in practice;

f) monitoring the periodical evaluation of compliance with the applicable laws and regulations and the internal policies;

g) seeing that internal controls on the activities carried out through such structures are on equal footing with those applied by the financial institution and are reviewed by its internal and independent auditors; and

h) ensuring that the information on such activities and their risks is available at the financial institution and that the Board of Directors and supervisory authorities are notified of such transactions (including relevant information on their purpose, strategies, structures, volume, risks and control) and that such information is also made available to the public.

G. Shareholders; Shareholders’ Meetings and Tender Offers. G.1. Shareholders.

The stock capital is $1,500,000,000, and is fully subscribed and paid in. It is represented by 1,500,000,000 common, book-entry shares, divided into classes “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”, of $1 par value each and entitled to one vote per share, except for class D shares, which are entitled to 3 votes for as long as the class A shares (owned by the Argentine State) represent more than 42% of the stock capital. The classes of common shares are allocated as follows:

a) class A shares: to the Argentine State or the fiduciary agents appointed by it, whose voting rights are exercised by the Argentine State.

b) class B shares: they belong to the Stock Ownership Program (Programa de Propiedad Participada or

PPP), allocated to the Company’s employees, which at present represent 5% of the stock capital and whose voting rights are exercised by the Argentine State until they are allocated to the employees.

c) class C shares: intended to be initially offered to artificial persons engaged in the development of

activities related to the construction of houses or the real estate business, whose voting rights are exercised by the Argentine State until they are acquired by such artificial persons under an acquisition program to be established in the future. This class of shares represents 5% of the stock capital; and

d) class D shares: title to these shares has been transferred to private capitals. Class D shares shall not

be converted to a different class in the event they are subscribed for or acquired by the Argentine State, another public artificial person, or the employees that are members of the Stock Ownership Program.

The following table shows the current composition of the stock capital, specifying the classes of shares, par value and equity interest percentage:

Class Shares Par Value Stock Capital % Interest

A (a) 658,530,880 1 658,530,880 43.90% B (a) 75,000,000 1 75,000,000 5.00%

C 75,000,000 1 75,000,000 5.00% D 691,469,120 1 691,469,120 46.10%

1,500,000,000 1,500,000,000 100.00%

(a) Decree No. 2127 dated November 13, 2012 implemented the Stock Ownership Program.

Page 9: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 9

As from final implementation of the program referred to above, a portion of the 75,000,000 Class B shares will be converted into Class A shares for allocation among the agents whose relationship with the Bank is terminated as of the date on which such Decree comes into force. Therefore, the shares allocated to the Bank's current active personnel representing the Stock Ownership Program are designated as Class B shares.

In accordance with the corporate by-laws, class A shares are entitled to certain special rights, and the affirmative vote of this class is required, irrespective of the equity interest percentage represented by them, for the Company to adopt valid resolutions on:

a) the merger with one or more companies, or the Company’s spin-off;

b) an acquisition of its shares by third parties implying a consented or hostile takeover that constitutes a

change of control within the meaning of Section 33 of Law 19,550 and/or the BCRA regulations and/or paragraph c), Section 7, of the corporate by-laws;

c) the disposition in favor of third parties of a substantial portion of its mortgage assets and residential loan portfolio resulting in the total cease of or substantial reduction in the Company’s mortgage and residential loan business;

d) a change in the Company’s corporate purpose;

e) the relocation of the Company’s corporate domicile abroad; and

f) the Company’s voluntary dissolution.

In addition, for as long as the Argentine State holds at least one class A share, it shall be entitled to appoint 2 directors and one statutory auditor. Moreover, class B and C shares will be entitled to appoint a Board member each for as long as they represent more than 2% and more than 3% of the Company’s capital, respectively. G.2. Shareholders’ Meeting.

The Board of Directors shall call Ordinary or Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings to deal with the matters set forth in Sections 234 and 235 of Law No. 19,550. Calls to ordinary and extraordinary shareholders’ meetings shall be made through notices published in the Official Gazette, in one of the widest circulation newspapers of Argentina and in the bulletins of the stock exchanges and markets of the country where the Company’s shares are listed, for such term and as far in advance as required under the applicable laws. Shareholders may attend shareholders’ meetings by proxy, by executing a private instrument of proxy and having their signature certified by a court, a notary public or a bank. Shareholders’ Meetings will be chaired by the Board Chairman or otherwise, by the person designated by the Shareholders’ Meeting. The quorum and majority requirements set forth in Sections 243 and 244 of Law No. 19,550 shall be applicable, according to the kind of Shareholders’ Meeting, notice and matters to be dealt with, provided, however, that:

a) there will be quorum at Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meetings on second call irrespective of the number of voting shares that are present;

b) to resolve upon matters over which class A shares are entitled to special rights, the affirmative vote of such shares will be required;

Page 10: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 10

c) the following matters shall require the affirmative vote of a majority equal to 75% of the voting shares, both on first and second call: 1. relocation of the corporate domicile abroad;

2. material change in the corporate purpose, so that the business defined in Section 4, paragraph a)

of the corporate by-laws ceases to be the Company’s main or priority business;

3. delisting of the Company’s shares in the Buenos Aires or New York Stock Exchanges; and

4. the Company’s spin-off into various companies, when as a result of such spin-off 25% or more of

the Company’s assets are transferred to the resulting companies, even if such result is achieved through successive spin-offs made over a term of 1 year;

d) the following matters shall require the affirmative vote of a majority equal to 66% of the voting shares,

both on first and second call: 1. changing the percentages set forth in paragraphs b) or c) of Section 7 of the corporate by-laws

related to the duty to report acquisitions that exceed 3% of the stock capital and takeover acquisitions when the equity interest percentage reaches 30% of the stock capital;

2. eliminating the requirements set forth in paragraphs d)(ii), e)(i)(F) and e)(v) of Section 7 of the corporate by-laws in the sense that the tender offer reaches 100% of the shares and convertible securities, is payable in cash and is not lower than the price resulting from the mechanisms therein contemplated;

3. the issuance of guarantees in favor of the Company’s shareholders except when the guarantee and the secured obligation were undertaken in fulfilling the corporate purpose.

4. the total cease or substantial reduction of the housing loan activities, and

5. the provisions on number, nomination, election and composition of the Board of Directors.

e) the agreement of a special class of shares shall be required to be given at a Special Shareholders' Meeting to affect the rights of such class of shares.

f) a special majority shall be required to amend any rule of the by-laws requiring a special majority, and

g) different requirements shall apply in any other case in respect of which the by-laws require a class voting or the agreement of each class.

Special Class Shareholders’ Meetings shall be governed by the provisions on quorum for Ordinary Meetings applied to all of the outstanding shares of such class. As long as the holder of Class A shares is the Argentine State exclusively, a notice signed by a competent government official in lieu of the Special Meeting of such class may be given for voting such shares. G.3. Control Acquisitions. Banco Hipotecario does not adhere to the tender offer process set forth in the CNV Resolution No. 401 since its by-laws provide for a special procedure in such regard. However, such particular method is based on the same transparency and competitiveness principles that govern the controlling market, thus warranting to both the controlling and minority shareholders their rights to purchase or be purchased at an equitable price.

Page 11: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 11

Such procedure shall apply to the extent it is not inconsistent with the rules of the jurisdictions where the public offer of acquisition is made, and provided that any additional requirements contemplated by the provisions of stock exchanges on which the shares of the Company are traded shall be met. The Bank’s by-laws determines in paragraphs c) to f) of Section 7 such situations consisting in takeovers as follows: (a) where any acquisition in addition to previous shareholdings in the aggregate account for 30% or a higher percentage of the stock capital, (b) any merger, consolidation or any other form of combination having substantially the same effects in respect of the holding of Class D shares, and (c) the public tender offer. The public tender offer procedure is described below:

a) The Offeror shall give written notice to the Company of the tender offer at least fifteen (15) business days in advance of the commencement date thereof. Such notice shall include information on all the terms and conditions of any agreement or prior agreement made or intended to be made by the Offeror with any holder of the Company's shares whereby, if such agreement or prior agreement is consummated, the Offeror shall obtain the prior consent of the Special Meeting of Class A Shareholders and shall make a public offer to acquire all shares of all classes and all securities convertible into shares of the Company. Any resolution adopted at a Special Meeting of Class A Shareholders as to the matters described in this subsection shall be final and shall not give right to any indemnification, and it shall further notify the following minimum information: 1. Offeror’s identity, nationality, domicile and phone number.

2. If the Offeror consists of a group of individuals, identity and domicile of each member of the group

and of the responsible manager of each entity comprising the group.

3. The price offered for the shares and/or securities. If the offer were conditioned upon the acquisition of a certain amount of shares, such minimum amount shall also be stated.

4. The expiration date of the public tender offer, whether such date may be postponed and, if so, the postponement procedures.

5. An Offeror's statement of the exact dates before and after which the holders of shares and securities who have tendered such shares and securities for acquisition in the tender offer shall be entitled to withdraw such shares and securities, the manner in which such shares and securities tendered shall be accepted and the procedures for the withdrawal of such shares and securities from the tender offer.

6. A statement setting forth that the tender offer shall be open to all the holders of shares and securities convertible into shares, and

7. Any additional information, including the Offeror's financial statements, that may be reasonably requested by the Company or that may be necessary for the above-mentioned notice not to be misleading or due to the incompleteness or deficiency of the information supplied.

8. Any other information not included in clauses 1 through 7 above and to be supplied pursuant to applicable laws or regulations.

b) The Company's Board of Directors shall convene by any conclusive means a Special Class A

Shareholders’ Meeting to be held ten (10) business days as from receipt by the Company of the notice mentioned in clause (a), in order to discuss the approval of the tender offer and shall submit its recommendation in such respect to the consideration of such Meeting. The Meeting shall discuss whether the control acquisition by the Offeror is in the best interest of the Company and the public in general. If such Meeting were so called but not held or, if held, the tender offer were disapproved, neither the tender offer nor the prior agreement, if any, shall be executed.

Page 12: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 12

c) The Company shall, at the Offeror's expense and exercising reasonable diligence, mail a copy of the notice delivered to the Company as provided in clause (a) above to each holder of shares or securities convertible into shares. The Offeror shall advance to the Company the funds required to such effect.

d) The Offeror shall, at the request of any holder of shares or securities convertible into shares, send with reasonable diligence either by mail or any other conclusive means, a copy of the notice given to the Company and shall, at least once a week, publish a notice substantially containing the information required in clause (a) above commencing on the date when such notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to clause (a) above and ending on the expiration date of the tender offer. Subject to applicable laws, such notice shall be published in the business section of widely circulated newspapers of Argentina, the City of New York, U.S.A., and of any other place on whose exchanges or markets the shares are listed, and in the newsletters of any such exchanges or markets.

e) The price for each share or security convertible into shares to be received by each holder thereof shall be the same, in cash, and not lesser than the price per Class D share or, as the case may be, security convertible into Class D share which is the highest of: 1. the highest price per share or security paid by or on behalf of the Offeror in respect of any

purchase of Class D shares or securities convertible into Class D shares within the term of two (2) years immediately preceding the Control Acquisition notice, adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to Class D shares; or

2. the highest selling price at the close of business during the thirty (30) days' period immediately preceding such notice for a Class D share as quoted by the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange, in each case adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to Class D shares, or

3. A price per share equal to the market price per Class D share determined as provided for in clause e)2. above multiplied by the ratio of: (i) the highest price per share paid by or on behalf of the Offeror for any Class D share in any purchase of shares of such class within the last two (2) years immediately preceding the date of the notice mentioned in clause a), to (ii) such market price per Class D share prevailing on the day immediately preceding the first day of the two-year period during which the Offeror has purchased any kind of interest or right in a Class D share. The price shall in each case be adjusted to account for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to Class D shares; or

4. The Company's net earnings per Class D share during the four (4) full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date of the notice mentioned in clause a), multiplied by the highest of the following ratios: the price/earnings ratio during such period for Class D shares (if any) or the highest price/earnings ratio obtained by the Company during the two (2) years' period immediately preceding the date of the notice mentioned in clause a). Such multiples shall be determined as usually computed by and reported to the financial community.

f) Holders of shares or securities tendered in the tender offer shall be able to withdraw those shares or

securities from the public offering before the deadline fixed for such offering. g) The tender offer shall not expire before ninety (90) days following the date when notice thereof was

given to the shareholders or published as provided in clause (c) above, which term shall be counted as from the date when such notice was published for the first time.

h) The Offeror shall purchase all the shares and/or securities convertible into shares tendered before the

offering expiration date pursuant to the tender offer regime. If the amount of such shares or securities were lesser than the minimum amount set by the Offeror as a condition for the tender offer, the Offeror shall be entitled to withdraw the offer.

Page 13: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 13

i) If the Offeror has not conditioned the tender offer to any minimum amount as provided in clause a)3.

hereof, upon conclusion of such procedure it may be able to execute the Prior Agreement, irrespective of the number of shares and/or securities it may have purchased under the tender offer. If such minimum was set, the Offeror shall be able to execute the Prior Agreement only if such minimum has been met under the tender offer regime. The Prior Agreement must be executed within thirty (30) days following termination of the tender offer; otherwise, the whole procedure provided for in this Section shall be repeated. If no Prior Agreement were made, the Offeror shall, in the events and opportunities such Offeror could have executed a Prior Agreement as set forth above, be entitled to freely purchase the number of shares and/or securities informed to the Company in the notice mentioned in clause a) hereof as long as it has not purchased such shares and/or securities through the tender offer.

In addition, in the case of a merger, consolidation or other form of combination, the offer shall only be made if the price to be received by each of the Company's shareholders as a result of such transaction is the same for all shareholders and not lesser than:

a) The highest price per share paid by or on behalf of such Interested Shareholder for the purchase of:

1. shares of the same class as those to be transferred by the shareholders in such transaction within the two (2) years' period immediately preceding the first public notice of the transaction, or

2. shares of the Class purchased by such Interested Shareholder in any Control Acquisition. In either case, the price shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to such Class.

b) The highest selling price at the close of business during the thirty (30) days' period immediately

preceding the date of notice or the date of purchase by the Interested Shareholder of shares of such Class in any Control Acquisition, for a share of that Class as quoted by the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange, as adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to such Class.

c) A price per share equal to the market price per share of such Class determined as provided in clause b) above multiplied by the ratio of: (i) the highest price per share paid by or on behalf of the Interested Shareholder for any share of such Class in any purchase of shares of such Class within two (2) years immediately preceding the Date of Notice, to (ii) such market price per share of such Class prevailing on the day immediately preceding the first day of the two-year period during which the Interested Shareholder has acquired any kind of interest or right in a share of such Class. The price shall in each case be adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to that Class.

d) The Company's net earnings per share of such Class during the four (4) full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date of notice, multiplied by the highest of the following ratios: the price/earnings ratio for such period in respect of shares of such Class (if any) or the highest price/earnings ratio obtained by the Company during the two (2) years' period immediately preceding the date of notice. Such multiples shall be determined as usually computed by and reported to the financial community.

H. Board of Directors. H.1. Composition.

Pursuant to Section 21 of Law No. 24,855 and the by-laws, Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors is composed of thirteen (13) regular members, who shall be appointed at the shareholders’ class meetings to hold office for two (2) fiscal years and may be reelected indefinitely and on a staggered basis.

Page 14: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 14

Each class of shares shall appoint a number of alternate Directors equal to or lesser than the number of regular directors elected by such class. Alternate directors shall fill, in the same order as they were appointed, any vacancies occurred amongst the directors of the relevant class due to absence, resignation, leave, disability, legal disqualification, or death, subject to the Board of Directors' prior approval of the reason for such replacement if the latter is temporary. The Directors shall be appointed by a majority vote within each of the classes of common shares as follows:

a) Class A shall appoint two (2) regular directors and two (2) alternate directors;

b) Class B shall appoint one (1) regular director and one (1) alternate director as long as Class B shares represent over two per cent (2%) of the stock capital issued at the time the respective Shareholders' Meeting is convened;

c) Class C shall appoint one (1) regular director and one (1) alternate director as long as Class C shares represent over three per cent (3%) of the stock capital issued at the time the respective Shareholders' Meeting is convened;

d) the appointment of the rest of the regular and alternate directors (who in no event shall be less than nine (9) regular directors and a like or lesser number of alternate directors) shall be vested with Class D. When either Class B or Class C lacks or forfeits, for any reason, its rights to appoint or participate in the election of Directors, said class may vote jointly with Class D shares at the Special Shareholders' Meeting of Class D shares convened to elect Directors, and

e) as long as there exist several classes of shares the appointment of Directors by cumulative voting shall not apply even within the class subject to the provisions of Sections 262 and 263 of Law No. 19,550.

In case of absence of all the shareholders of a given class entitled to elect directors of such class at a Shareholders’ Meeting held on second call and convened for the election of directors, the directors of such class shall be elected by the shareholders of the other classes voting together as if they belonged to a single class; provided, however, that if no shareholders were present at a Class A meeting, the statutory auditor appointed by Class A shareholders shall appoint the regular and alternate directors of Class A. Directors appointed by each class of shares shall formally state his or her acceptance of the appointment and represent whether he/she is independent or not within the terms set forth under “Eligibility Requirements for Independent Directors”. The Board of Directors believes it is advisable that some of its members qualify as independent directors in order to strengthen objective decisions and to avoid conflicts of interests. H.2. Eligibility Requirements for Directors. In order to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the candidate shall not be subject to the disqualifications set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526, shall have experience in the financial business and shall not take office until it is so authorized by the Argentine Central Bank. The following persons are not permitted to act as Directors:

a) Those who may not act in commerce. b) Those adjudged bankrupt on grounds of negligence or fraud for up to 10 years after their discharge,

those adjudged unintentionally bankrupt or those against whom reorganization proceedings were undertaken up to 5 years after their discharge; company directors and/or managers whose behavior had been considered as negligent or fraudulent for up to 10 years after their discharge.

Page 15: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 15

c) Convicts who received an ancillary sentence of disqualification from service as public officials; those

convicted of theft, robbery, embezzlement, bribery, issuing checks without sufficient funds and of crimes against public faith; those convicted of crimes perpetrated in the formation, operation and liquidation of companies. In all the preceding cases, the inability shall subsist for up to 10 years after the sentence was served;

d) Public officials serving in positions related to the Company’s corporate purpose for up to 2 years after

they step down from such positions. e) Those disqualified from serving as public officials. f) Those who are non-performing debtors at financial institutions. g) Those disqualified from holding checking or other types of accounts in a similar nature for up to three

years after the lifting of such disqualification. h) Those disqualified pursuant to the application of Sub-section 5 of Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, for as

long as the disqualification is in force, and i) Those who, following a decision by a competent authority, have been found guilty of misconduct in the

government and management of financial institutions.

The Argentine Central Bank reviews the Directors’ background information and considers their competence and experience for the office based on: (i) their previous experience in the conduct of financial businesses and/or (ii) their professional skills and experience in performing public or private services in related areas or fields that are relevant to the Institution's business profile. In addition, the Argentine Central Bank regulations require that at least two thirds of all Directors show evidence of experience in the financial business when the Board is elected. H.3. Eligibility Requirements for Independent Directors. To be nominated as Independent Director, the following conditions set out in Law No. 19,550, Decree No. 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831-, the CNV and the Argentine Central Bank rules and regulations shall be met:

a) not to be a member of the management body or an employee of holders of significant share interests in the Company or in other Companies in which such shareholders hold, directly or indirectly, significant share interests or on which such shareholders have significant influence in relation to the management of such companies, pursuant to Section 33 of Law No. 19,550.

b) not to be engaged in professional relationships with the Company or be a member of a Company or professional association engaged in professional relationships with or receiving compensation or fees from the Company or shareholders holding, directly or indirectly, significant share interests therein or with companies in which such shareholders hold significant share interests, either directly or indirectly, or otherwise having a significant influence on the management thereof.

c) not to be a seller or supplier of goods and services of the Company, directly or indirectly, or of the shareholders who directly or indirectly hold significant share interests therein or exercise significant influence.

d) not to hold, directly or indirectly, any significant interest in the Company or in a Company which holds a significant interest therein or exercises a significant influence thereon.

e) not to have been employed by the Company, mainly in executive offices, in the last 3 years prior to nomination.

Page 16: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 16

f) if there is no control relationship and he/she is not related to the financial institution in accordance with the following guidelines: 1. any company or person who, directly or indirectly, exercises control over the financial institution

or any company or person who is, directly or indirectly, controlled by a person(s) controlling the financial institution.

2. any company or person who is, directly or indirectly, controlled by the financial institution, which shall take into account the provisions of Section 28(a) of Law No. 21,526 and the regulations thereunder.

3. any company having directors in common with the company that exercises control over the financial institution or with the financial institution, provided that such directors comprise a simple majority in the management bodies of each of such companies or financial institution.

4. exceptionally, pursuant to a resolution of the Board or upon motion made by the Superintendent of Financial and Exchange Institutions, any company or person who is held to be engaged in a relationship with the financial institution or the person controlling it, which may give rise to financial damages to the financial institution.

5. such company or person holding or controlling, directly or indirectly, 25% or a higher percentage of the aggregate number of votes under any voting instrument in the other company.

6. such company or person has directly or indirectly held 50% or a higher percentage of the aggregate number of votes under voting instruments in shareholders’ meetings or meetings at which their directors or other persons performing similar functions have been elected.

7. such company or persons holds, directly or indirectly, an interest in the other company under any right or title, even if its votes account for less than 25%, so as to have the necessary votes to adopt resolutions at shareholders’ meetings or at meetings of the Board of Directors or a comparable body, and/or

8. pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of the Directors of the Argentine Central Bank, such company or person is held to exercise, directly or indirectly, controlling influence on the management and/or the policies of the other company. The following are examples of controlling influence: (a) holding a share interest in the capital stock of a related company conferring the voting power required to exercise influence on the approval of its financial statements and in the distribution of profits, for which purpose, the manner in which the remaining capital is distributed should be taken into account; (b) representation in the Board of Directors or senior management bodies of the related company, for which purpose the existence of agreements, circumstances or situations under which the management could become vested in some minority group should be also taken into account; (c) corporate policy-making powers; (d) the existence of significant transactions with related companies; (e) the exchange of management personnel; (f) the related company’s technical-administrative dependence.

g) not to be a spouse, a relative within the fourth degree of kinship or adopted relative or within the second degree of affinity of individuals who do not meet the conditions set forth in the foregoing subsections.

h) having available time and such dedication required to ensure unrestricted performance of the functions and responsibilities of his/her office, and

i) receiving a fair and equitable compensation excluding pension or stock option plans. H.4. Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members.

Page 17: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 17

In order to take office, newly appointed directors and/or directors reelected to serve a new term at the Shareholders’ Class Meetings shall comply with the requirements set forth in the by-laws and the BCRA Circular CREFI-2 as follows:

a) they shall post the performance bond set forth in Section 12 of the by-laws.

b) they shall set up domicile.

c) the Directors elected for the first time at a Special Class D Shareholders’ Meeting shall not take office until the Board of Directors of the Argentine Central Bank issues a favorable opinion as to their competence and experience in the financial business and failure to be subject to any disqualification. The directors whose term of office is renewed shall only be subject to such requirement if so resolved by the Superintendent of Financial and Exchange Institutions, and

d) the Directors elected for the first time at Special Class A Shareholders’ Meetings, and Class B and C Shareholders’ Meetings (so long as their voting powers are exercised by the Argentine State), whose appointments depend on an action taken by the Executive Branch of Power, may take office and serve in commissions, subject to the relevant resolution of the Argentine Central Bank, notwithstanding the validity of any actions in which they may participate during such term.

H.5. Rules governing Directors’ Removal, Vacancies, Absences, Resignations, Termination of Office. In the events of: (a) removal pursuant to Section 11(i) of the by-laws; (b) resignation pursuant to Section 259 of Law No. 19,550 if such resignation does not disrupt normal operations and is neither fraudulent nor untimely; (c) vacancy; (d) absence, regular Directors shall be replaced by alternate directors of the relevant class and in the order of their appointments: Alternate Directors shall take office as regular Directors in the following events:

a) permanently, due to resignation, removal, termination, incapacity, disqualification or death of the regular Director. The incoming alternate director shall hold office until the next Special Meeting for the relevant class is held, and

b) temporarily, due to the regular Director’s absence or leave, in which case the Board shall approve the reason for substitution. The incoming alternate director shall hold office until the regular Director resumes his/her duties.

If the Directors' absence affects the minimum quorum required to hold a meeting, after an hour has elapsed from the time indicated in the notice of the meeting, the Chairman may invite to the meeting the alternate Director(s) of the relevant class(es) consistent with such of the absent Directors until a quorum is reached. The alternate Director shall only take office in the event referred to above, upon the Board's prior resolution and compliance with the requirements set forth in “Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members”. In addition, if the number of vacancies arising in the Board prevents meetings from being validly held despite the incorporation of the alternate directors, pursuant to Section 13 of the by-laws, the Supervisory Committee shall appoint the number of Directors required to constitute a quorum. They shall hold office until new Directors are elected at a Special Meeting of Shareholders representing the respective classes. The statutory auditors appointed by each class of shares shall appoint the Director(s) of the same class in consultation with the respective shareholders. For such purpose, the Supervisory Committee shall comply with the rules governing such appointment and nominees shall only take office if they meet the requirements set forth in “Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members”. On the other hand, if any Director resigns, is removed or ceases to hold office for any reason, notice thereof shall be given by the Company to the CNV within 2 days of occurrence and to the Argentine Central Bank.

Page 18: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 18

H.6. Authority and Powers. The Board shall have the authority and powers to organize, manage and administrate the Company, including those actions for which special powers are required under Section 1881 of the Civil Code and Section 9 of Decree-Law No. 5965/1963 and such powers are listed in Section 17 of the by-laws. In turn, the Board members appointed by Class D shares shall appoint the Chairman of the Board of Directors, who has the authority and powers listed in Section 18 of the by-laws. The Board of Directors vests the regular conduct of business in the Executive Committee consisting of Directors appointed by Class D shares and entrusted with the authority set forth in Section 19 of the by-laws, including the appointment of the General Manager and other Senior Management officers. Notwithstanding the authority to adopt resolutions concerning the matters exclusively entrusted to them, as defined in the by-laws, the Board approves the purposes and strategies of the Bank and its Subsidiaries, as well as the most suitable organization and structure to deploy them; and further makes arrangements with the Executive Committee in supervising and controlling the achievement of purposes and the execution of actions in the best interest of the company by the General Management and the Senior Management. For such purposes, the Board of Directors has the authority to issue general policies and strategies in furtherance of the corporate purposes, ensuring that the institution’s activities meet the necessary safety and solvency standards and are in compliance with the laws and regulations in force, to determine the risks to be assumed, to protect the interests of depositors, shareholders and other relevant third parties, for which purpose it shall:

a) approve and monitor the implementation of the corporate governance code and the corporate principles and values governing the entity and the economic group it controls, and supervise and evaluate on an annual basis whether it is suitable to its profile, complexity and importance.

b) approve the strategic plan and management purposes. c) approve the business plan and the annual budget. d) approve the investment and financing policies. e) approve the corporate governance, corporate responsibility, risk control and management policies and

dividend policies.

f) promote and review on a regular basis the business general strategies and the institution’s policies, including the risk policy and determination of risk acceptable levels.

g) follow up on internal information and control systems on a regular basis. h) approve the entity’s level of risk tolerance and monitor its risk profile i) ensure that managerial positions take the necessary steps to identify, assess, monitor, control and

mitigate assumed risks.

j) determine whether the capital amount is commensurate with the assumed risks. k) supervise the Company’s Senior Management, exercising its authority to obtain sufficient information

as and when required to evaluate performance. l) approve, monitor and review design and operation of the personnel compensation system and the

financial incentive system, in accordance with applicable laws, ensuring that they are implemented in accordance with provisions and that they are not inconsistent with the entity's credit risk strategy.

m) become aware of its subsidiaries' corporate governance policy, and

Page 19: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 19

n) promote executive training and development, and establish ongoing training programs for the

members and Senior Management, so as to maintain an adequate level of expertise and experience. H.7. Responsibilities.

H.7.a. Principles.

The Directors are responsible for making sure that applicable rules and regulations, particularly Laws No. 24,855, 24,240, 21,526, 19,550 and 26,831, as amended, Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831-, regulatory and supplementary decrees, the rules of the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV and the by-laws are duly complied with. The Directors must act with loyalty and with the diligence of a good businessman. Those who breach their obligations are unlimitedly and jointly and severally liable for the damages resulting from their action or omission. The delegation of duties to Directors and exercise of the authority conferred on the Executive Committee under Section 19 of the by-laws, as well as the actions taken by the various Committees do not release other Directors from liability for the actions taken by them. The Directors shall be released from liability for the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and/or for the actions taken by the Executive Committee and/or the other Committees and/or Directors or officers who are personal delegatees only in the following events:

a) if the duties have been personally assigned to one or more Director(s) under the by-laws or pursuant to a resolution adopted at a Shareholders' Meeting duly registered with the Public Registry of Commerce, in which case liability shall be attributed taking into account individual actions only, and

b) if the Director who took part in discussions or in the resolution had stated his/her dissenting opinion in writing and given notice thereof prior to his/her liability being reported to the Board, to the Supervisory Committee, to the Shareholders' Meeting, to the competent authorities or prior to a legal action being filed.

In connection with the Bank’s internal controls and risk management, the Board shall provide for and approve internal control and risk management rules and procedures, vesting the Audit Committee with the authority to monitor the implementation of and compliance with the procedures across the organization. H.7.b. Risk Management, Definition and Identification. The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the Company’s having designed an appropriate and duly documented framework, with the implementation of procedures to monitor the effectiveness and consistency of internal controls and comprehensive risk management (including credit, liquidity, market, interest rate and operational risks). Accordingly, it shall approve risk management strategies; it shall have a process in place to evaluate the capital suitability to the entity’s risk profile; it shall have suitable information available to measure and evaluate risks and to report the level, composition and quality of exposure. In addition, it shall establish policies and procedures to approve new products and initiatives related to risk management; it shall have one or more unit(s) responsible for identifying, assessing, following up on, controlling and mitigating risks, which shall be separate from risk-originating divisions; it shall approve stress-testing programs to identify any potential events or changes in the market conditions that may have a significant negative impact on the entity, and a contingency plan that establishes the strategies to be implemented to tackle emergency situations and policies to manage ranges of potential stress situations as well as lines of responsibility for each level of stress.

Page 20: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 20

The main responsibilities inherent to management of each risk are described below. 1. Credit Risk:

The credit risk is defined as the possibility of suffering losses due to a debtor or counterparty's failure to comply with its contract obligations; while in most financial institutions the loan portfolio is the main source of credit risk, there are other activities that also entail this risk, for example: sureties, guarantees, investments, government securities and other credits involving financial intermediation.

In managing the credit risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve significant credit strategies, policies and practices and to review them at regular intervals

every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk. b) to approve the Company’s level of risk tolerance. c) to approve the organizational structure for credit risk management avoiding conflicts of interest. d) to ensure that Senior Management is qualified to manage the Company's credit transactions and that

they are consummated in line with the strategy, policies and the level of risk tolerance as approved. e) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the Company’s credit

risk strategy.

f) to determine whether the Company’s capital level is adequate in the face of the risks assumed.

g) to approve the launching of new products and Company's businesses.

h) to follow up on exposures with related persons or companies.

i) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom. j) to receive on a regular basis reports to become aware of the credit risk related to financing and

compliance with established limits, and

k) to receive timely information and, in the event that any issue arises in relation to credit risk

management, ensure that the Senior Management takes any appropriate corrective actions to deal with such issues.

2. Liquidity Risk:

Liquidity means the financial institutions’ capacity to fund asset increases and meet their liabilities as they become due, without incurring significant losses. And liquidity risk is mainly defined as the funding liquidity risk defined as such risk where an entity is unable to effectively meet expected and unexpected, current and future cash flows and the guarantees without affecting for such purpose its daily operations or financial position.

In managing the liquidity risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the significant liquidity strategy, policies and practices, and to review them at regular

intervals every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk. b) to approve the Company’s level of risk tolerance defined as the highest risk level that the Company is

willing to assume, which level shall be in line with its business strategy and importance in the financial system and reflect its financial position and funding capacity.

Page 21: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 21

c) to ensure that Senior Management reports the liquidity strategy through clear and operative guidelines

and that it manages the risk effectively.

d) to approve the organizational structure for an adequate management of the liquidity risk. e) to ensure that the Company is staffed with qualified personnel and that it has the resources required

to manage the liquidity risk. f) to ensure that the Company has processes and systems in place to identify, assess, follow up on,

control and mitigate liquidity risk sources. g) to assess the incidence of existing interactions between funding liquidity risk and market liquidity risk

and analyze the incidence on the Company’s global liquidity strategy. h) to receive reports on a regular basis to become aware of the Company’s liquidity position. i) to receive immediate information in the event that any issues arise in connection with liquidity,

including matters such as an increase in costs of funding, concentrations, increases in cash flows gaps, shortage of alternative liquidity sources, significant and repeated failures to comply with the limits, significant reductions in the support for liquid assets or changes in external market conditions which may be indicative of future difficulties.

j) to ensure that Senior Management takes the appropriate corrective actions to handle any issues

arising in relation to liquidity matters, and

k) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom.

In addition, the Board is required to take actions to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists –including high quality liquid asset support not encumbered as security of any transaction-, so that the Company may face a range of stress events including those events involving the loss of traditional funding sources. For these purposes, the Senior Management shall make available the outcomes of the stress tests and the applicable contingency plan.

3. Market Risk:

The market risk is defined as the possibility of incurring position-related in- and off-balance sheet losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in market prices of various assets; it includes the exchange rate risk defined as the possibility of incurring position-related in- and off-balance sheet losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in exchange rates for foreign currency.

In managing the market risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the strategy for market risk management, which shall clearly determine the administrative

structure related to risk management and be duly documented.

b) to approve the significant policies and practices, and to review them at regular intervals every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

c) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom. d) to ensure that Senior Management reports the market risk management strategy through clear and

operative guidelines and that it manages the risk effectively.

Page 22: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 22

e) receive information on a regular basis to become aware of the Company’s trading portfolio, and promptly receive information in the event that adverse situations arise, in which case it shall ensure that the Senior Management takes any appropriate corrective actions to deal with such issues.

f) to ensure that the Senior Management and the personnel from the concerned areas have the necessary experience to manage the market risk and that the institution has processes and systems in place to identify, assess, follow up on, control and mitigate market risk sources.

g) to understand existing interactions between the market risk and the other risks of the Company; and h) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the institution’s market

risk strategy. 4. Interest Rate Risk:

The interest rate risk is defined as the possibility of occurrence of changes in the financial position of an entity as a result of fluctuations in the interest rates, which may have adverse effects on net financial income and/or the institution’s economic value –i.e., the current value of its assets and liabilities.

In managing the interest rate risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the strategy for interest rate risk management, which shall be duly documented. b) to approve and review, at least on an annual basis, the interest rate risk policies and practices and the

business strategies affecting the Company’s exposure to this risk.

c) to establish the Company's level of risk tolerance defined as the highest risk level that it is willing to assume, which should be adequate to its business strategy and significance in the financial system and reflect its financial position. For such purposes, it shall approve aggregate limits related to the risk amount acceptable to the institution.

d) to define the authority lines and levels of responsibility in managing interest rate risks, and to clearly establish the persons and/or committees responsible for managing the key components of the risk management system.

e) to ensure that the Company has personnel trained and skilled in identifying, assessing, following up

on, controlling and mitigating the interest rate risk. f) to promote among its members and management members fluid communication in connection with

exposures and the interest rate risk management scenario. g) to ensure that Senior Management reports the interest rate risk management strategy through clear

and operative guidelines and that it manages the risk effectively.

h) to receive reports on a regular basis to become aware of the exposure to the interest rate risk, which

reports shall be promptly reviewed if any issues arise in connection with interest rate risks. i) to understand how the other risks affect the Company’s global interest rate risk strategy. j) to receive reports on a regular basis on the outcome of stress tests. k) to ensure that the Senior Management takes the appropriate corrective actions to deal with stress

situations and that related contingency plans are effective.

Page 23: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 23

l) to assess whether the risk assumed is in line with the allocated capital, and

m) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the Company’s interest

rate risk strategy. 5. Operational Risk:

Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from non-adequacy or failure of internal processes, the personnel's actions or systems, or those resulting from external events. Pursuant to internationally accepted standards, there are 7 kinds of operational risk incidents as follows: (i) internal fraud, (ii) external fraud, (iii) employment and workplace safety, (iv) client, product and business practices, (v) business alterations and technological failures, (vi) execution, management and compliance with process deadlines.

In managing the operational risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the framework that will govern operational risk management subject to annual revisions or

every time any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

b) to become aware of any procedures developed to manage the operational risk and the level of compliance.

c) to ensure that the framework governing operational risk management is subject to an internal audit process contemplating an adequate coverage and in-depth revisions, as well as timely adoption of corrective measures by audited divisions.

d) to approve policies providing for dissemination of the framework governing operational risk

management and training policies, addressed to all divisions and officers of the financial institution; e) to establish policies for management of operational risks resulting from subcontracted activities and

services provided by suppliers. f) to approve a policy for dissemination to third parties of the relevant information on the operational risk

management framework.

g) to ensure that the Company has qualified personnel and any resources required to manage the operational risk, and

h) to check that any person in charge of such management does not perform other tasks in other areas

that may result in conflicts of interest with his/her task. H.7.c. Personal Information to be provided by Directors.

Regular and Alternate Directors are required to file personal information and data in the form of an affidavit before agencies that control the Bank and failure to comply with such obligation may give rise to penalties. The information to be provided is described below: To be filed with the Argentine Central Bank:

a) Personal Background Form - “Background Information of Promoters, Founding Members, Directors, Managers, Members of the Supervisory Committees, Statutory Auditors or Managers” including the personal details, labor history in financial activities, statement of assets and sworn statement about the disqualifications of Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. This form must be filed as soon as the person is designated by the Bank’s relevant shareholders’ meeting or governance body and then once a year, after the due date for filing the tax returns with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for the duration of the term of

Page 24: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 24

office or for as long as the person remains in office, and within 5 days of any change in the personal details provided in the form. All the statements of assets inserted in the form must be consistent with the tax return most recently filed with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for income tax and personal property tax, when applicable.

b) Certificate of absence of criminal records issued by the Registry of Offenders with Prior Convictions within the purview of the Ministry of Justice, where a certificate is issued acknowledging the absence of criminal records or describing the relevant person’s criminal records. The certificate must be filed together with the Personal Background Form.

c) Information related to transfers of the Bank’s shares. Section 15 of Law No. 21,526 and Section 1 of Chapter V of CREFI-2 Circular require the Directors to report any transfer of shares capable of changing the composition of the financial institution’s group of shareholders or of the shareholders who control the financial institution. This obligation includes any transactions accounting for 5% or more of the capital stock and/or voting power of the respective Institution. The information is required to be filed within 10 days of becoming aware of the transaction, and

d) Sworn statements regarding the existence of related individuals or legal entities: each one of the regular Directors must prepare a sworn statement disclosing whether he/she does have related Argentine or foreign companies or not, and, if applicable, he/she must identify them. Besides, they must provide: a sworn statement about the persons related by kinship. The sworn statement about related individuals or legal entities must be filed upon taking office and semiannually, before January 31 and July 31 each year. The sworn statement about persons related to him/her by kinship must be filed upon taking office and on an annual basis, before January 31 of each year. Should there be changes in the information provided in the sworn statements, they must be reported within 5 days of said change in a new sworn statement. In addition, the directors shall submit the financial statements of their related companies is so requested by the Superintendent’s Office of Financial Institutions in exercising its control and

inspection powers.

To be filed with the CNV:

a) With Banco Hipotecario being a company that issues shares and securities admitted to public offering, an individual file is to be submitted for each one of the regular and alternate members of the management bodies. The file must comprise Directors’ personal data and it must also detail the positions occupied in the management bodies of other companies. The file must be submitted within 10 days of the appointment as Director.

b) Initial and annual sworn statement of holdings of securities. Directors are required to report the number and class of shares, debt instruments, stock options and debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario that are directly or indirectly owned or managed by them. The sworn statement must be filed within 10 days subsequent to taking office and each year disclosing updated information.

c) Monthly sworn statement of changes in securities’ holdings. The Directors are required to report any changes in the holdings or stock options and/or debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario. It must be filed within 15 days after the end of the month in respect of which the information is submitted.

To be filed with the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange:

a) Information on the Directors of the Bank related to personal details and the offices held by them in the

management bodies of other companies. Such information shall be filed within 10 days following the date of the shareholders’ meeting at which they were appointed.

To be filed with MAE:

a) Information about the Directors discharging duties as MAE agents, who must provide their personal details, their actual domicile and their domicile of choice, whether they render services for other

Page 25: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 25

companies, their related companies and a sworn statement of their assets. This information must be provided within 10 days following their appointment.

b) Information about the Directors, who must provide a detail of the securities held in their portfolios. This information must be submitted annually, upon filing the financial statements.

H.8. Right to be Informed.

For Directors to be able to fulfill the duties described under “Duties of the Members of the Organization” and the conducts mentioned under “Responsibilities” they have a right to be informed of any matters related to the corporate operations and risk management by requesting it in writing to the Chairman or Vice Chairman, as the case may be. Any gathered information may be related, among other matters, to:

a) the meetings held by the Committees other than those of which they are members.

b) the corporate books and other additional documents related to issues discussed or to be discussed by the Board.

c) the items included on the agenda of the meetings.

d) information on the discharge of duties by the Senior Management and other officers of the Company, and

e) the Company’s facilities, including both the Headquarters and its branches.

In this case, the President or Vice President, as the case may be, will evaluate the appropriateness of the request for information and cause the General Manager or relevant officers to provide such requested information within the applicable period. In exercising this right, the Directors will refrain from taking any action that may in any way disrupt the Company’s course of business, in view of the fact that their modus operandi is jointly and not individual, except for the discharge of duties expressly delegated by the Board. H.9. Performance Assessment. Each year a self-assessment process shall be conducted in connection with the Board's performance of duties as the Company’s management body. The self-assessment shall be supported by formal processes and the scopes and rating methods shall be previously defined. The Chairman is responsible for conducting the self-assessment process. However, the final opinions shall be rendered by the Shareholders’ Meeting upon discussing the Board’s discharge of duties. H.10. Operation Rules. The Board shall meet at least once a month and an absolute majority of its members shall constitute a quorum. For such purposes the directors who are present in person or capable of communicating with each other by any simultaneous means of transmission of sound, images or voice shall be counted, provided that the members who attend on a remote basis and the means used for that purpose are put on record in the meeting’s minutes. In the case of meetings regularly convened, those directors who expect to be absent from the registered office on the date scheduled for the meeting shall give written notice in advance of their remote attendance and their means of communication, in order to ensure their effective connection.

Page 26: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 26

A regular director who, for any reason, is prevented from attending a meeting in person or on a remote basis shall give written notice thereof (by mail or e-mail) to the Chairman or Secretary of the Board within 2 business days following the date on which notice of the meeting is received. If so decided, he/she shall further state in such notice the name of the Director authorized to vote on his/her behalf. Pursuant to Section 16 of the by-laws the Chairman shall be in charge of causing any exceptional actions to be taken in order to constitute a quorum under “Rules governing Directors’ Removal, Vacancies, Absences, Resignations, Termination of Office”. The Board meetings shall be presided over by the Chairman, who will submit the items on the Agenda to the consideration of present Directors , lead the discussions, make motions and suggest voting thereon. The Board may resolve upon the vote of a simple majority of present Directors to adjourn the meeting, in which case it shall determine the date and time of resumption. The following persons shall attend the Board’s Meetings:

a) Regular Directors.

b) regular members of the Supervisory Committee.

c) the General Manager.

d) the Secretary of the Board, and

e) the Company’s officers and advisors, if so recommended by the Chairman or any Director for the sole purpose of submitting any requested reports.

Each Director shall have a right to discuss and vote the items on the Agenda, except:

a) if such matters may give rise to a conflict of interest between the Director and the Company.

b) if the item discussed concerns the compensation payable to executive Directors and to those performing technical and administrative duties and the Director in question performs such duties, pursuant to Section 14(b) of the by-laws.

c) if the resignation, reason for permanent removal or request for leave of the Director in question is being discussed, in which case he/she shall be entitled to voice his/her opinion but not to cast votes, and

d) if so provided for by the applicable laws and by-laws. Resolutions shall be adopted by a majority of Directors present in person or communicated on a remote basis, except that a different majority is required by Law or the by-laws. The Chairman shall have a casting vote in case of a tie. Any director who does not attend a meeting in person or on a remote basis may authorize another Director to vote on his/her behalf. Such authorization shall be given in writing, refer to a specific meeting and be signed by the authorizing director. He/she shall be liable in the same manner as any present Directors. The Secretary of the Board shall be in charge of preparing the minutes of Board's meetings and shall record discussions and resolutions by manual or electromagnetic means. Within 2 business days following a relevant meeting, draft minutes thereof shall be prepared and sent by e-mail to the Directors and members of the Supervisory Committee who have attended the meeting, for further revision

Page 27: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 27

and correction. Attendants shall reply to the Secretary of the Board by the same means of communication within 2 business days following receipt of the draft minutes. The following day, the proposed final version shall be transcribed by the Secretary of the Board onto the Book of Board of Directors’ Meetings Minutes as officially signed and sealed, and the Secretary shall cause it to be signed by those who attended the relevant meeting. The minutes shall be drafted in Spanish language and shall be brief and clear. Reference shall be made to each item discussed, the discussions, the opinions of officers and advisors invited to the meeting, the motions made by the Directors and members of the Supervisory Committee and the resolutions adopted by the Board. The Secretary of the Board shall be in charge of filing any supplementary and additional documents used at the Board’s meetings. H.11. Compensation to Directors. In relation to the compensation payable to Directors, Section 14 of the by-laws sets forth the remuneration system and pursuant to Section 15(e) of Decree No. 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831- the Audit Committee shall issue an opinion on the reasonableness of any compensation and stock option plans for the Company’s Directors and managers proposed by the management body. In addition, it should be mentioned that the Bank has purchased liability insurance for its Directors providing for coverage against risks inherent to performance of their duties. H.12. The Board’s Secretary’s Office.

The Board's Secretary’s Office shall provide assistance to the Chairman, the Board members and other Committee members in exercising their powers, when acting jointly and in performing their duties. The Secretary responsible for such Office shall be appointed with the Board’s consent from among its members or he/she shall be an officer in charge of the Legal Department. The Secretary shall be assisted by such clerical personnel required to fulfill his or her duties. The Secretary shall act with the loyalty and diligence of a good businessman and keep any information to which he/she may have access in performing his/her duties in confidence. The Board’s Secretary’s Office shall be responsible for the following duties:

a) to assist the Chairman in calling, making arrangements for and holding the Board’s and Shareholders’

Meetings.

b) to participate in the Board’s and Shareholders’ Meetings without being entitled to voice his/her opinion or to cast votes, in order to take the relevant notes so as to draft the minutes of such meetings.

c) to prepare draft minutes of the Board's and Shareholders' Meetings and send them to attendants for further revision and discussion.

d) to draft the final versions of the minutes of Board’s and Shareholders’ Meetings, transcribe them into the relevant books as officially signed and sealed and cause them to be signed by attendants.

e) to keep the books required by Law No. 19,550, the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV and other applicable rules and regulations, in compliance with any formality requirements set forth therein.

f) to make arrangements for and organize the distribution of any additional information in connection with the matters discussed by the Board and the Shareholders’ Meetings among Directors and shareholders, and keep them on file.

Page 28: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 28

g) to make filings, disclosures and registrations of all information concerning the resolutions adopted by

the Board of Directors and the Shareholders’ Meeting, Directors, Supervisory Committee members and shareholders before the relevant Controlling Agencies.

h) to keep in custody the books of the Company, additional corporate information and the books of minutes for the different Board Committees, and

i) to provide assistance to the Board and Supervisory Committee members in exercising their rights to be informed, making any requested documents available and, if applicable, making copies thereof upon request.

I. Committees. I.1. Executive Committee. I.1.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership.

In its Section 19, the by-laws deal with the operation of an Executive Committee. Overall, the objective pursued by the Executive Committee is to supervise the ordinary conduct of the Bank’s businesses and it shall be made up by a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 9 directors chosen by Class D shareholders and a number of alternate directors appointed by the same class of shares to be determined by the Board. Besides, the General Manager may, if summoned, participate in the Executive Committee and he/she shall be entitled to voice his/her opinion but not to cast votes. The appointment of the members of this Committee as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.1.b. Responsibilities. The Executive Committee must hold sessions at least once a month and whenever the Chairman of the Board calls a meeting. The Executive Committee shall have the duties and powers laid down in the Bank’s By-laws, which are set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Executive Committee” and included in this Code as part of its Exhibit C.

In addition, when it comes to internal control tasks and the Bank’s risk management, in its role as the Board’s first Committee, the Executive Committee must supply and approve the standards and procedures for internal control and risk management. In this respect, the Executive Committee is responsible for designing, documenting and implementing the procedures and, taking into account the size of the entity, the number of venues, the volume and complexity of the operations conducted, it falls on the Executive Committee the duty to appoint the persons who will discharge such duties. I.2. Audit Committee. I.2.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. In conformity with its Rules, the Audit Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 Regular Directors and the highest-ranking internal audit officer shall be in attendance at its meetings. At present, the Committee is made up by 3 directors, with its majority meeting the independent director requirement and with one of them serving as Chairman. Besides, their members are skilled in corporate, financial or accounting matters. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve in the Audit Committee for a minimum period of 2 years (in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner) and for a maximum of 3 years. This term

Page 29: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 29

may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Audit Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members a Director experienced in the matter. The highest-ranking internal audit officer must not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. This officer participates in the Audit Committee meetings and may voice his/her opinions though not cast votes. Furthermore, the members of the Audit Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The appointment of the members of the Audit Committee as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations.

I.2.b. Responsibilities. The Audit Committee shall have the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Audit Committee” (see Exhibit C to this Code), which shall be discharged in the framework of: (i) the Minimum Requirements on Internal Controls issued by the Argentine Central Bank and of (ii) Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831-, the CNV’s General Resolution 400/2002 and any supplementary resolutions or amendments thereto. I.3. Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing. I.3.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing shall be composed of no less than 2 regular Directors, the highest-ranking officer in the unit in charge of preventing and controlling money-laundering and combating terrorism financing and by a senior officer seasoned and knowledgeable in financial intermediation operations. At least one of the Directors making up this Committee must have experience in these matters. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years (in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner) and for a maximum of 3 years. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members. Neither the highest-ranking officer in the unit in charge of preventing and controlling money-laundering and combating terrorism financing nor the senior officer seasoned and knowledgeable in financial intermediation operations at the helm of the financial area may be within the scope of the disqualifications and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. These officers shall attend the meetings and may voice their opinions though not cast votes. Besides, the members of this Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine

Page 30: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 30

Central Bank, to the UIF (Financial Information Unit) and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.3.b. Responsibilities.

The responsibilities and the mission of this Committee shall be discharged in the framework of the Rules governing the Prevention and Control of Money Laundering and other Illegal Activities as issued by the Argentine Central Bank and the Resolutions of the Financial Information Unit, Law No. 25,246 and the decrees issued by the Argentine Executive Branch in connection with the decisions made by the UN’s Security Council to combat terrorism and shall also comply with the provisions laid down by the Ministry of Foreign Relations, Foreign Trade and Religion. The main responsibilities of this Committee are set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing” (see Exhibit C to this Code). I.4. Information Technology Committee. I.4.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Information Technology Committee shall be made up by no less than 2 and no more than 5 regular directors and by the highest-ranking officers in the area of systems and the area of logic security. At least one of the Directors that make up the Committee must be experienced in the matter. At present, it is made up by two directors, one of whom meets the independent director requirement. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The highest-ranking officers in the area of systems and the area of logic security must be executives with a long-standing track record in the Company, and experienced and knowledgeable in this matter. Furthermore, they may not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. These officers shall attend the meetings and may voice their opinions though not cast votes. Besides, the members of this Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Information Technology Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.4.b. Responsibilities. The Information Technology Committee shall discharge the duties set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Information Technology Committee” (see Exhibit C to this Code). I.5. Credit Committee. I.5.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Credit Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors, a majority of whom must be skilled in the matter, and by the highest ranking officers in the area of credit risk, both at the retail banking segment and at the corporate banking segment. The General Manager may attend the Credit Committee meetings, where he/she will be allowed to voice his/her opinions but not to cast votes. At present, it is made up by five directors, most of whom meet the independent director requirement.

Page 31: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 31

The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members. The highest-ranking officers in the area of credit risk, both in the retail banking and in the corporate banking segments, must be executives experienced and knowledgeable in these matters. Furthermore, they may not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. These officers shall attend the meetings and may voice their opinions though not cast votes. Besides, the members of this Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Credit Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.5.b. Responsibilities. The Credit Committee shall have the duties set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Credit Committee” (see Exhibit C to this Code).

I.6. Personnel Incentives Committee. I.6.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Personnel Incentives Committee shall be made up by 3 regular Directors and by the highest-ranking officer in the area of organizational development. At least one of the Directors making up the Committee must be experienced in the matter. The General Manager may attend this Committee’s meetings, where he/she will be allowed to voice his/her opinions but not to cast votes. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members. The highest-ranking officer in the area of organizational development must be an executive experienced and knowledgeable in this matter. Furthermore, he/she may not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. This officer shall attend the meetings and may voice his/her opinions though not cast votes. Besides, the members of this Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Personnel Incentives Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.6.b. Responsibilities.

Page 32: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 32

The Personnel Incentives Committee shall be principally entrusted with the mission of overseeing the incentive system. To that end, it shall discharge the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Personnel Incentives Committee” (See Exhibit C to this Code):

I.7. Risk Management Committee. I.7.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Risk Management Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 5 regular Directors and by the highest-ranking officer in the area of risk. At least one of the Directors making up the Committee must be experienced in the matter. The General Manager and the highest ranking officer of the risk area may attend the Risk Management Committee meetings, where they will be allowed to voice their opinions but not to cast votes. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter. The highest-ranking officer in the area of risk must be an executive experienced and knowledgeable in these matters. Furthermore, he/she may not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. Besides, the members of the Risk Management Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Risk Management Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.7.b. Responsibilities. The Risk Management Committee shall be primarily entrusted with the duty to supervise the risks to which the Company is exposed. To that end, it shall discharge the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Risk Management Committee” (See Exhibit C to this Code):

I.8. Corporate Governance Committee I.8.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Corporate Governance Committee shall be made up by 3 Regular Directors. At least one of these directors must meet the independent director requirement. The majority of this Committee’s members must be knowledgeable in corporate governance. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve in the Corporate Governance Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Corporate Governance Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members a Director experienced in the matter. Furthermore, the members of the Corporate Governance Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”.

Page 33: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 33

The appointment of the members of the Corporate Governance Committee as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. The Committee may summon the Regulatory Compliance Manager or other members of management to its meetings for them to provide information. The top ranking authority in the area of Regulatory Compliance must be an officer experienced and knowledgeable in the matter who must not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. he/she will take part in the Committee’s meetings and shall be allowed to express opinions though not to cast votes. I.8.b. Responsibilities. The Corporate Governance Committee shall discharge the duties set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Corporate Governance Committee” (See Exhibit C to this Code): I.9. Ethics Committee. I.9.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Ethics Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors, with the participation of the highest-ranking officer in the Organizational Development and Quality area, and whenever deemed necessary in light of the matters to be dealt with, the highest-ranking officer in the Regulatory Compliance area will also attend if summoned. A majority of the Directors who serve as members of the Ethics Committee must be independent as prescribed by the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV which are detailed under the heading “Requirements to be met by Independent Directors” and they must also be skilled in regulatory compliance matters and in the financial business. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members. Besides, the members of the Ethics Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Ethics Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.9.b. Responsibilities. The Ethics Committee shall have the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Ethics Committee” (See Exhibit C to this Code) and in the Code of Ethics (See Exhibit A to this Code) which include settling issues relating to the interpretation of the Code of Ethics and it shall serve as a forum where the Bank’s employees may make direct enquiries or file reports of potential violations of the Code of Ethics by using the transparency line in place to that end. Each case shall be confidentially treated by the Committee. Under no circumstances shall adverse measures be implemented against the person posing the enquiry or against whom there are suspicions of a potential crime or irregular situation in breach of the provisions laid down by the Code of Ethics, a law, regulation or internal procedure at the Bank. After the request is received, the process required to respond to the enquiries and/or to corroborate the reports shall start. It is a declared objective of the Bank’s Board to afford a formal treatment to all the enquiries and

Page 34: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 34

reports received, adopting, in all cases, a resolution. This resolution shall be communicated through a formal response through the channel considered relevant in each case. I.10. Finance Committee. I.10.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Finance Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors and by the highest ranking officers in the Departments of Finances, Financial Operations and Market Risk, who will participate with permission to voice their opinions though not to cast votes. At least one of the Directors making up the Finance Committee must be experienced in the matter. The General Manager is also allowed to participate in this Committee with permission to express opinions though not to cast votes The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members. The top ranking officers in the Departments of Finances, Financial Operations and Market Risk must be executives experienced and knowledgeable in the matter who must not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. Besides, the members of the Finance Committee are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Finance Committee, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.10.b.Responsibilities. The Finance Committee shall have the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Finance Committee” (See Exhibit C to this Code). I.11. Committee of Homes. I.11.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Committee of Homes shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 13 regular Directors and by the highest ranking officer in the Departments of Homes, who will participate with permission to voice his/her opinions though not to cast votes. At least one of the Directors making up the Committee of Homes must be experienced in the matter. The General Manager is also allowed to participate in this Committee with permission to express opinions though not to cast votes The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The top ranking officer in the Department of Homes must be an executive experienced and knowledgeable in the matter who must not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. Besides, the members of the Committee of Homes are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”.

Page 35: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 35

The designation of the members of the Committee of Homes, as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.11.b.Responsibilities. The Committee of Homes shall be entrusted with the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Committee of Homes” (See Exhibit C to this Code). I.12. Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs. I.12.a. Composition and Requirements for Membership. The Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs shall be made up by no less than 2 and no more than 5 regular Directors and by the highest ranking officer in the Department of Institutional and Community Relations who will participate with permission to express an opinion though not to cast votes. At least one of the Directors making up the Committee must be experienced in the matter. In turn, the General Manager may attend this Committee’s meetings, where he/she will be allowed to voice his/her opinions but not to cast votes. The members of this Committee who are Directors shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their term of office does not come to an end sooner. This term may be extended only on a case-by-case basis by express decision of the Board. The highest-ranking officer in the Department of Institutional and Community Relations must be an executive experienced and knowledgeable in these matters. Furthermore, he/she may not be within the scope of the prohibitions and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. Besides, the members of the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs are bound by the principles laid down under the headings “Duty of Diligence”; “Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality”; and “Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation”. The designation of the members of the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs as well as any change in its composition, due to either resignation, leave of absence, addition or substitution of members, or otherwise shall be communicated by the Company to the Argentine Central Bank and to the CNV as soon as it has been considered by the Board and within the terms imposed to that end by currently applicable rules and regulations. I.12.b.Responsibilities.

The Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs shall have the responsibilities set forth in detail in the “Rules of Operation of the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs” (See Exhibit C to this Code). J. Office of the General Manager and Senior Management. J.1. Requirements of the positions. To serve as General Manager or as a member of senior management at the Company, candidates must be experienced and skilled in financial activities and not be within the scope of the disqualifications and incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. Any one falling within any of the following situations shall be considered as disqualified for, and incompatible with, the position of General Manager or membership in senior management:

a) Those who may not act in commerce.

Page 36: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 36

b) Those adjudged bankrupt on grounds of negligence or fraud for up to 10 years after their discharge,

those adjudged unintentionally bankrupt or those against whom reorganization proceedings were undertaken up to 5 years after their discharge; company directors and/or managers whose behavior had been considered as negligent or fraudulent for up to 10 years after their discharge.

c) Convicts who received an ancillary sentence of disqualification from service as public officials; those

convicted of theft, robbery, embezzlement, bribery, issuing checks without sufficient funds and of crimes against public faith; those convicted of crimes perpetrated in the formation, operation and liquidation of companies. In all the preceding cases, the inability shall subsist for up to 10 years after the sentence was served;

d) Public officials serving in positions related to the Company’s corporate purpose for up to 2 years after

they step down from such positions.

e) Those disqualified from serving as public officials.

f) Those who are non-performing debtors at financial institutions.

g) Those disqualified from holding checking or other types of accounts in a similar nature for up to three years after the lifting of such disqualification.

h) Those disqualified pursuant to the application of Sub-section 5 of Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, in so

far as the sanction is in force, and

i) Those who, following a decision by a competent authority, have been found guilty of misconduct in the government and management of financial institutions.

It is only with the previous approval of the Argentine Central Bank’s Board of Trustees that the General Manager may take office. To that end, the Central Bank shall assess: i) the candidate’s track record in financial activities and/or ii) his/her professional qualifications and track record as a public official or in the private sector or in similar spheres relevant to the Entity’s commercial profile. In this Code, Senior Management shall mean those managers who have decision-making powers and/or directly report to the General Manager or the Chairman of the Board. J.2. Duties and Responsibilities. J.2.a. Principles The General Manager and the members of senior management are responsible for complying with currently applicable rules and regulations, particularly Laws No. 24,855, 24,240, 21,526, 19,550 and 26,831, their amendments, Decree 677/2001 -present-day Law No. 26,831- regulatory and supplementary decrees, the rules of the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV and the by-laws. The members of senior management must act with loyalty and with the diligence of a good businessman. Those who breach their obligations are jointly and severally liable for the damages resulting from their action or omission. Furthermore, the members of senior management are responsible for implementing the strategy, policies and practices for managing credit, liquidity, market, interest rate and operational risk as approved by the Board as well as for preparing and developing the written procedures necessary to identify, assess, follow up on, control and mitigate risks. J.2.b. Risk Management.

Page 37: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 37

Amongst other duties, senior management must:

a) when it comes to credit risk,

1. see that the activities concerning loans are in harmony with the approved strategies and policies.

2. implement the structure, responsibilities and controls necessary to manage credit risk. This structure must provide for positions specifically in charge of following up on the quality of loans and the associated risk mitigation agents; it must also guarantee that the positions responsible for allocating the internal credit risk rating should receive sufficient information.

3. approve the written procedures, making sure that they are in line with the policies and practices

approved by the Board and that they should be implemented.

4. see to it that the responsibilities for approving and reviewing loans are clearly and adequately allocated

5. make sure that there should be a periodical and independent internal assessment of loan granting and managing functions.

6. make sure that sufficient resources are allocated for credit risk to be efficaciously managed.

7. define the procedures and level of approval relevant to the exceptions to the limits in line with the

policy approved by the Board. 8. ensure that the persons taking part in transactions involving credit risk should have the skills and

knowledge necessary to conduct the activities in conformity with the Company’s policies and procedures.

9. communicate the credit risk strategy, the policies that are of the utmost importance to deploy that

strategy and the structure for managing that risk to all of the Company’s areas that are directly or indirectly involved.

10. ensure that there are adequate internal controls to protect the integrity of the credit risk management process.

11. engage in a frequent and thorough follow-up of the market trends apt to pose significant or

unprecedented challenges to credit risk management.

12. ensure that the stress tests and the contingency plans are effective and appropriate for the entity,

and 13. ensure that costs, revenues and credit risks are appropriately incorporated into the internal

pricing system, in the performance measurements and in the process to approve new products for the significant activities being performed, be them of a financial nature or off-balance sheet ones.

b) when it comes to liquidity risk management:

1. implement the structure, responsibilities and controls necessary to manage liquidity risk, including all the subsidiaries and branches of the jurisdictions where the entity operates.

Page 38: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 38

2. assess the incidence of existing interactions between funding liquidity risk and market liquidity risk and analyze the incidence of the other risks in the implementation of the Company’s global liquidity strategy.

3. continuously review the information concerning the Company’s developments in terms of liquidity

and keep the Board regularly informed. 4. efficaciously communicate the liquidity risk management strategy, the policies that are of the

utmost importance to deploy that strategy and the structure for managing that risk to all of the Company’s areas that are directly or indirectly involved.

5. make sure that there are adequate internal controls in place to safeguard the integrity of the

liquidity risk management process. 6. engage in a frequent follow-up of the market trends apt to pose significant or unprecedented

challenges to liquidity risk management.

7. define the procedures and level of approval relevant to the exceptions to the limits in line with the policy approved by the Board.

8. ensure that the stress tests, the contingency plans and the liquidity requirements are effective

and appropriate for the Company, and 9. ensure that costs, revenues and liquidity risks are appropriately incorporated into the internal

pricing system, in the performance measurements and in the process to approve new products for the significant activities, aligning the incentives for risk assumption in each business line with the exposure to the global liquidity risk that these activities pose for the Company.

c) when it comes to market risk management:

1. approve and develop the specific procedures to actively manage positions in the trading portfolio. 2. implement the structure, responsibilities and controls necessary to manage market risk by area

and by product.

3. define the procedures and the level of approval necessary for the exceptions to the limits in

conformity with the policy approved by the Board.

4. design and review at regular intervals the outcomes of the stress tests, which must be reflected in the policies and limits in place.

5. implement the contingency plans, which must be tied to the outcomes of the stress tests.

6. continuously review the market information that may have an impact on the Company’s positions and submit regular reports to the Board.

7. perform an assessment of the entity’s ability to actively manage risk in the exposure inherent in its trading activities.

8. analyze the ability to transfer risks between the trading portfolio and the investment portfolio.

Page 39: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 39

9. communicate the market risk management strategy, the policies that are of the utmost importance to deploy that strategy and the structure for managing that risk to all of the Company’s areas that are directly or indirectly involved.

10. engage in a frequent follow-up of the market trends apt to pose significant or unprecedented challenges to liquidity risk management.

11. make sure that there are adequate internal controls in place to safeguard the integrity of the market risk management process.

d) when it comes to interest rate risk management:

1. implement the strategy, policies and practices approved by the Board.

2. approve and develop the specific procedures to actively manage interest rate risk. 3. make sure that there are effective internal controls in place including adequate risk limits as well

as appropriate systems and standards to measure interest rate risk. 4. define the procedures and the level of approval relevant to the exceptions to the limits in

accordance with the policies laid down by the Board. 5. periodically review the Company’s interest rate risk management framework in order to ensure

that it is still appropriate and in line with sound practices.

6. regularly design and review the outcomes of the stress tests, which must be reflected in the

policies and limits in place. 7. implement the contingency plans, which must be tied to the outcomes of the stress tests. 8. understand, together with the areas that are directly or indirectly involved in this risk, the

scenarios covered by the system to measure interest rate risk, which must be reviewed at least once a year.

9. make sure that previous to introducing a new product, hedge or position strategy, there should be

adequate operational procedures and risk control systems in place. 10. receive reports on interest rate risk covering both aggregate and itemized information fit for

determining the Company’s vulnerability to changes in market conditions and other risk factors and keep the Board periodically informed.

11. see to it that there are sufficient provisions to minimize the potential influences that the risk takers

may have on the control functions of the risk management system, the development and application of the policies and processes, the risk reports submitted to senior management and other administrative functions.

12. ensure that the reviews and assessments that are a part of the internal control system are periodically performed by individuals who are not related to the functions assigned to them for review.

13. understand the incidence of the interactions existing between the different risks.

Page 40: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 40

14. efficaciously communicate the interest rate risk management strategy, the policies that are of the utmost importance to deploy that strategy and the structure for managing that risk to all of the Company’s areas that are directly or indirectly involved, and

15. ensure that the costs, benefits and the interest rate risk are appropriately incorporated into the

internal pricing system, in the performance measurements and in the process to approve new products for the Company’s significant activities, aligning the incentives for risk assumption in each individual business line with the exposure to the interest rate risk that these activities pose for the Company as a whole.

e) when it comes to operational risk management:

1. take part in the implementation, reporting and control activities associated to the processes and procedures to implement and operate the management framework approved by the Entity’s Board. This framework must be consistently applied throughout the financial institution, with all the levels of the organization being obligated to understand their responsibilities for managing this risk.

2. see to it that there should be processes and procedures applicable to each business unit aimed

at managing the operational risk inherent in the products, activities, processes and systems of the financial institution.

3. lay down clear lines of authority, responsibility and communication with the various departments

to foster and maintain the assumption of responsibilities.

4. make sure that there are sufficient resources available to efficaciously manage operational risk. 5. evaluate whether management’s supervisory process is attuned to the risks inherent in the

policies of each business unit.

6. gather reports about the outcomes of the execution of the processes and procedures, the detection of any potential weaknesses in the policies, processes and procedures for managing operational risks and the relevant proposals for correction.

7. report to the Board, at least semiannually, on the main aspects associated to operational risk

management. J.2.c. Personal Details to be provided by the General Manager and senior management. The General Manager and the members of senior management must submit personal information and details in the manner of an affidavit to the Bank’s control areas. Failure to comply with this duty may result in the imposition of sanctions. The information to be supplied is detailed hereinbelow: To be filed with the Argentine Central Bank:

a) Personal Background Form - “Background Information of Promoters, Founding Members, Directors, Managers, Members of the Supervisory Committees, Statutory Auditors or Managers” including the personal details, labor history in financial activities, statement of assets and sworn statement about the disqualifications of Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. This form must be filed as soon as the person is designated by the Bank’s relevant governance body and then once a year, after the due date for filing the tax returns with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for the duration of the term of office and/or for as long as the person remains in office and within 5 days of any change in the personal details provided in the form. All the statements of assets inserted in the form must coincide with the tax return most recently filed with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for income tax and personal property, when applicable.

Page 41: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 41

b) Certificate of absence of criminal records issued by the Registry of Offenders with Prior Convictions within the purview of the Ministry of Justice, where a certificate is issued to those who do not have a criminal record. The certificate must be filed together with the Personal Background Form.

c) Sworn statements regarding the existence of related individuals or legal entities: the general manager must prepare an affidavit disclosing whether he/she does have related Argentine or foreign companies or not, and if he/she does, he/she must identify them. Besides, the general manager must provide: an affidavit about the persons related to him by kinship. The sworn statement about related individuals or legal entities must be filed upon taking office and on a half-yearly basis, before January 31 and July 31 each year. The sworn statement about persons related to him by kinship must be filed upon taking office and on an annual basis, before January 31 of each year. Should there be changes in the information provided in the affidavits, they must be reported within 5 days of said change in a new sworn statement.

To be filed with the CNV:

a) With the Bank being a company that issues shares and securities admitted to public offering, an individual file is to be submitted for each one of the members of the Board. The file must comprise personal data and it must be also detail the positions occupied in the Boards and management of other companies. The file must be submitted within 10 days of the appointment as Manager.

b) Initial and Annual sworn statement of the person’s holdings of securities, with details about the quantity and class of shares, debt instruments, stock options and debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario that are directly or indirectly owned or managed by the person. The sworn statement must be filed within the 10 days subsequent to taking office and each year, and it must disclose updated information.

c) Monthly sworn statement of changes in securities’ holdings: any changes in the holdings or stock options and/or debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario must be disclosed in this sworn statement. It must be filed within 15 days after the end of the month for which the information is relevant.

To be filed with MAE:

a) Information about the Managers discharging duties as MAE agents, who must provide their personal details, their real domicile and their domicile of choice, whether they render services for other companies, their related companies and an affidavit of their net worth. This information must be provided within 10 days following their designation.

b) Information about the Managers, who must provide a detail of the securities held in their portfolios. This

information must be submitted annually, upon filing the financial statements. Additionally, with the General Manager being the highest-ranking officer in the executive aspects of operations, he/she shall have obligations and responsibilities including, though not limited to, the following:

a) Always attend the meetings of the Executive Committee and of the Board, where he/she may express an opinion but not cast votes

b) Appoint personnel –except for the candidates to the highest ranking offices referred to in paragraph V,

sub-section c) of Section 19 of the By-laws, as these nominations are reserved to the Executive Committee- and decide on lateral transfers, relocations and/or removals, as well as to impose any applicable sanctions, save for the personnel discharging duties in the internal audit area, as their designation, lateral transfer, relocation, removal or imposition of sanctions requires the previous conformity of the highest ranking officer in the field of Audit.

c) Conduct the Bank’s ordinary businesses in conformity with the policies, strategies, budget and business

plan approved by the Board.

Page 42: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 42

d) Take part in the implementation, management and follow-up on the Bank’s internal control minimum requirements as well as in the respective decision-making processes.

e) Assume responsibility for the reasonableness of the Entity’s financial information. To that end, the

requisite internal control systems must be in place so as to obtain reliable financial information and deploy an adequate internal control environment.

f) Perform the functions inherent in his/her capacity as general manager and chief executive officer of the

entity, overseeing the organization and operation of all its subdivisions, abiding by the rules and regulations and in compliance with the resolutions adopted by the Board and the Executive Committee.

g) Provide the Board and the Executive Committee with accurate and complete information on a regular

basis and as necessary to ensure good governance at the Bank and its subsidiaries. h) Propose to the Board the general guidelines governing the credit policy and ensure that they should be

implemented. i) Propose the creation of branches, agencies and other subdivisions to offer to the public any financial

transactions and services which could be of interest for the development of the Bank to the Board and the Executive Committee.

j) Ultimately settle the matters that are not reserved to the decision of the Board and the Executive

Committee, and k) Delegate some of his/her powers to Bank managers, except when he/she is legally obligated to be

personally involved.

K. Duties of the Members of the Organization. K.1. Duty of Diligence. Following the requirements of Section 8 of Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831– the members of the organization must, in the discharge of their duties, abide by the Duty of Diligence expected from a good businessman and they must, at least, devote the time and effort necessary to keep abreast of the matters posed by the Entity’s management, compiling sufficient information to do so and lending the cooperation or assistance considered necessary and diligently perform any specific task that the Entity entrusts them with in so far as it is reasonably within the dedication commitment assumed to the organization. In the particular case of the directors and/or members of senior management, they must:

a) Participate actively in the Board meetings and, when applicable, in the meetings of the committees in which they serve, familiarizing themselves with the issues discussed, expressing an opinion and encouraging the remaining members of such governance bodies to agree with the decision understood as most favorable to defend the interests of the Entity. When there are justified causes that prevent them from personally attending the meetings to which they have been summoned, they will seek to be represented by another member of the governance body and impart instructions about the matters covered by the agenda or they shall seek to take part in the meeting through the remote attendance modality.

b) Oppose any resolution contrary to the law, the by-laws and the internal rules and regulations and request that the minutes of the meeting acknowledge the position adopted, when this attitude is the most favorable to the Entity’s interests.

Page 43: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 43

c) See to it that it should be, without exception, the corporate interest of the issuer in which they serve and the common interest of all shareholders that prevail over any other interest, including the interests of the controlling shareholder(s).

d) Abstain from seeking any personal benefit from the issuer other than the remuneration for the duties discharged.

e) Organize and implement preventative systems and mechanisms for safeguarding the corporate interests in a manner such as to reduce the risk of permanent or occasional conflicts of interest in his/her personal relationship to the issuer or vis-à-vis other persons related to the issuer in connection with the issuer. This duty is particularly associated to: activities in competition with those of the issuer, the use or allocation of corporate assets, the establishment of remunerations or proposed remunerations, the use of inside information, the utilization of business opportunities for his/her own benefit or for the benefit of third parties, and, in general, any other situation that causes or may cause a conflict of interest affecting the issuer.

f) Seek the means adequate to the conduct of the issuer’s activities and have the necessary internal controls in place to guarantee prudent management and prevent the breaches of the duties imposed by the rules and regulations of the CNV and the self-regulated entities, and

g) Act with the diligence of a good businessman in the preparation and dissemination of the information supplied to the market and safeguard external auditors’ independence.

Besides, in order to abide by the diligence principle, the Board may delegate to the Executive Committee, the other Committees, the Directors or other officers one or more of the powers conferred on the Board by Section 17 of the by-laws. As regards such delegated powers, the Board may at any time request all the information that it may consider necessary in connection with the discharge of functions and demand accountability. For the Board to comply with its duty of diligence, the Executive Committee and the different committees to the extent of their duties, must hold sessions periodically and report to the Board, within a term of 5 days, what has been discussed at the meetings and the matters as resolved, accompanying a copy of the relevant minutes, and, when so requested, the documentation concerning the matters discussed. The Directors who do not serve in the Executive Committee and the various committees may, after requesting as much in writing to the Chairman, attend the meetings held by any of the committees, with permission to express their opinions though not to cast votes, whenever the agenda calls for discussing matters that they have proposed or that they have an interest in debating. K.2. Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality.

The Directors shall keep in secret the debates maintained at the Board meetings and at the meetings of the committees in which they serve and they shall abstain from disclosing the information to which they may have access by reason of the performance of their functions, irrespective of the relationship that they have with the shareholder who nominated them. In particular, they must safeguard the secrecy of any information about events that have not been publicly disclosed and which, given their importance, are apt to affect the placement of securities authorized for public offering and/or forward contracts of futures and options or the course of their trading. Besides, the members of the Board and of Senior Management shall, after stepping down from their offices, keep in secrecy the information, data, documents or unpublished details that they may have learned in the performance of their functions and they shall not disclose them to third parties or disseminate them when doing so could have consequences prejudicial to the Company’s interests.

Page 44: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 44

There are exceptions to the Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality for the cases in which the laws permit communication or dissemination to third parties or when the laws mandate that the information is to be disclosed by virtue of orders issued by the courts or by the oversight agencies. In these cases, the manner of disclosing the information shall abide by the provisions under such laws. Additionally, in compliance with the provisions under Section 39 of Law No. 21,526, the personnel at Banco Hipotecario must keep in absolute reserve the information that they may learn and the members of the Board and of Senior Management shall be the officers responsible for ensuring that Banco Hipotecario shall, in its capacity as a financial institution within the scope of Law No. 21,526 comply with its duty not to disclose the borrowing transactions conducted by the Entity. Only except from such duty are the reports that are required by:

a) the judges in court cases, subject to the provisions laid down by the respective laws.

b) the Argentine Central Bank in the exercise of its functions.

c) the agencies responsible for tax collections at the national, provincial or municipal levels subject to the following conditions: (1) the request for information must refer to one given taxpayer; (2) there must be a tax audit under way concerning such specific taxpayer, and (3) there must have been a previous formal request. As regards the requests for information posed by the Tax Authorities [AFIP], none of the first two conditions discussed in this paragraph shall apply, and

d) the financial institutions themselves, in special cases, in so far as there is a previous express authorization of the Central Bank.

K.3. Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation. In the performance of their duties, the members of the organization must behave with loyalty towards the Company. To that end, and in addition to those discussed under the heading “Conflict of Interest”, the following behaviors shall be understood as particularly included in the duty of loyalty:

a) a prohibition against using the Company’s assets as well as any confidential information for personal purposes.

b) a prohibition against taking advantage of, or allowing a third party to take advantage of, the Company’s business opportunities, either by action or omission.

c) an obligation to exercise functions only for the purposes that the Law, the by-laws, the shareholders’ meeting or the Board have conferred them.

d) an obligation to scrupulously ensure that their behavior is always free from conflicts of interest, direct or indirect, with those of the Company.

e) an obligation to see to it that it is the interest of the Company and of its shareholders that prevails, within the framework of the legislation and the other rules and regulations discussed under the heading “Applicable Legislation and Other Rules and Regulations” in this Code.

f) an obligation to avoid situations in which their personal interests may conflict with those of the Company.

g) an obligation to immediately report to the Ethics Committee of the existence of a conflict between their personal interests and those of the Company.

Page 45: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 45

h) an obligation to abstain from seeking any personal benefit at the Company’s expense, other than the

remuneration payable to them for their services.

i) an obligation to obtain the means adequate for the Company to conduct its businesses;

j) an obligation to make sure that the internal controls are in place as necessary to guarantee prudent management and prevent instances of non-compliance with the duties imposed by the Board, the applicable legislation and rules and regulations, and in particular, the provisions laid down by the Argentine Central Bank and CNV.

k) an obligation to preserve order in the Company’s corporate governance, and

l) an obligation to respect and to have others respect order in the operation of the Company’s governance bodies in which they serve, the exercise of management functions and the discharge of the Company’s employees’ duties.

When it comes to their Non-Compete Obligation in particular, neither the Directors nor the members of Management may be shareholders or directors, render their professional services or work for entities alien to Banco Hipotecario pursuing a corporate purpose analogous or supplementary to that of Banco Hipotecario or its subsidiaries nor engage, in their own name or through third parties, in the same or analogous businesses. The Directors and the members of Management have a duty to disclose the situations herein discussed, which duty shall be initially discharged upon submitting the previous statement in writing that all Directors and members of management must prepare when they are appointed. Afterwards, either periodically or when the circumstances so warrant, the Directors and the members of management must maintain the Ethics Committee informed of matters including, without limitation, those listed hereinbelow, through the Board’s Secretary:

a) their intent to maintain holdings or to make acquisitions of any ownership interest in the capital of a company alien to Banco Hipotecario where the hypothesis of activities analogous or supplementary to BHSA’s corporate purpose is verified, except for the investments for less than 2% of capital stock in companies whose shares are admitted to public offering.

b) the discharge of duties as officer or in any other capacity for a company alien to Banco Hipotecario, and

c) the conduct in their own names of activities that are analogous, or supplementary, to those constituting the corporate purpose of Banco Hipotecario.

This prohibition shall not be enforced against the Directors and members of Senior Management when the Ethics Committee is informed of this situation before they take office and this Committee does not oppose such appointment within a term of 30 running days. When it comes to activities to be exercised and offices to be taken in third-party companies or in the candidates’ own names after their appointment at Banco Hipotecario, or in the event of supervening situations, the potentially concurrent conduct of business, supply of services or discharge of duties shall be understood to have been authorized by the governance bodies when the Ethics Committee and/or the Board have expressly stated as much in their resolution. K.4. Conflict of Interest. The decisions and actions of the members of the organization, its managers, legal representatives and employees must always be geared towards the satisfaction of the Entity’s best interests and they should never be inspired by personal considerations. The relationships based on kinship, friendship or out of expectations vis-à-vis current or potential suppliers, contractors, customers, competitors or regulators shall never adversely affect independence and the best judgment to safeguard the Bank’s interests. Conflicts of interest between the Company and the Directors or members of management shall be understood to arise when:

Page 46: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 46

a) the Director or the member of Management or, if applicable, his/her spouse or his/her lineal relatives

by consanguinity or adoption, or his/her collateral relatives up to the fourth degree, inclusive, or his/her relatives by affinity within the second degree or a conglomerate in which the Director or member of Management holds a significant ownership interest, or, in his/her own name or through relatives he/she holds an ownership interest that conveys more than 10% of votes and/or capital, or, when holding a smaller interest he/she is entitled to appoint at least one member of said company’s board, receives inadequate personal benefits by reason of, or due to, his/her services as a director of the Company.

b) the hypotheses contemplated in Sections 271, 272 and 273 of Law No. 19,550 are verified. c) they are engaged in the same line of business as the Company or they have an equity interest in a

company that competes with the Company, save for investments for less than 2% of the capital stock of companies whose shares are admitted to public offering.

d) they take part in the process to place an issuance of securities, where they may only acquire or place bids for acquiring such securities either directly or indirectly only in the conditions established by CNV up and until their participation in such placement process is completed.

e) deprive the Company, for their benefit or for the benefit of a third party, of opportunities to sell or buy

goods, products, services or rights. f) have a personal interest in a transaction involving the Company, a competitor, a customer or a

supplier. g) wield influence on the adoption of decisions or courses of action seeking to protect or improve specific

personal investments or financial interests in a company to which the Company is related.

h) wield decisive influence for the Company to hire a company as a supplier, contractor, agent or representative when such company is owned or run by close relatives or when close relatives are employed in hierarchical or executive positions.

i) act as a supplier of goods or services for the Company, except in the event of such Director being a member of firms of professional services that provide advisory services to the Company on an independent basis: when this were the case, this Director shall refrain from taking part in the negotiation of the engagement, and

j) borrow funds with preferential conditions in his/her own name or through a third-part legal entity or individual when the Director and/or member of Management is related to the Company.

It shall be equally understood that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and the rest of the

organization’s members when:

a) their personal interest is in opposition to, or interferes with, the Company’s interest in any way.

b) the Company’s inside information is used for the members’ own benefit or for the benefit of third

parties.

c) the members of the organization conduct in their own names transactions with the Bank’s customers when these transactions are a part of the Bank’s habitual activities or business (for instance,

Page 47: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 47

purchases and sales of foreign currency). Neither may the organization’s members borrow money from the Bank’s customers or lend them money in their own names.

d) work is performed, or services are rendered, in favor, or for the benefit, of companies that compete with the Company or that may become the Company’s competitors.

e) professional activities, or activities additional to those conducted by the Bank are exercised and this entails a direct or indirect conflict of interest with the Company.

f) labor activities in addition to those performed at the Bank are conducted within working hours and Bank property or services are used to this end, and

g) copies are made for themselves or for the Bank of printed material or of software applications that are protected by copyright or intellectual property rights and/or under license agreements.

The Director or the member of Management is under a duty to advise the Ethics Committee and/or the Board sufficiently in advance of the occurrence of any situation apt to generate a conflict of interest with the Company, even when such situation were not within the preceding list. The Director or the member of Management with an interest contrary to those of the Company shall abstain from taking part in the debates concerning the matters associated to the conflict of interest and from voting the ensuing resolutions. To determine the existence of a conflict of interest in those cases where there are suspicions of non-compliance by a Director or a member of Management with the rules laid down in this Code, the Board shall request an opinion from the Audit Committee before debating and settling the matter. The Director or the member of Management who does not avoid incurring conflicts of interest or fails to duly and timely advise the Ethics Committee and/or the Board of the existence of conflicts of interest that affect such Director or member or are apt to affect him, shall be deemed to have incurred serious misconduct, which may be punished by the Company itself and/or by the regulatory bodies (Argentine Central Bank, CNV, Buenos Aires Stock Exchange) as set forth in Section 59 of Law No. 19,550, Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, Section 37 of Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831– and/or Section 10 of Law No. 17,811, present-day Law No. 26,831. K.5. Procurement Decisions.

Procurement decisions are solely inspired by the Bank’s best interests and the suppliers shall be awarded a contract with the Bank if and only if their products and services are suitable to the Bank in terms of relevance, price, delivery and quality, without any subjective and personal considerations about the person taking part in the decision being allowed to distort these criteria. Neither kinship, friendship relationships nor the expectations of shareholders vis-à-vis current or potential suppliers, contractors, customers, competitors or regulators should affect independence and best judgment in defense of the Bank’s interests. The transactions conducted in these circumstances shall require the unanimous vote of the Board’s members for approval. K.6. Succession Planning Policy. The replacement planning policy for management positions seeks that for each incumbent in a management position there should be a person with the skills and experience required to step in for him/her in the event of any unforeseen vacancy. In this respect, the Entity has a scheme in place for annual assessments to identify potential candidates for the renewal of management positions. Replacements at the management level are primarily sought from within the ranks of those occupying positions within the line management community.

Page 48: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 48

To this end, the personnel occupying positions within the line management community receives intense training both in the Company and outside in order to further their skills through:

a) a strategic outlook. b) human capital management skills. c) the ability to manage multiple priorities. d) productivity and outcomes. e) risk management. f) an industrial and process-based outlook. g) familiarity with the risks and the operations. h) an entrepreneurial spirit, and i) analytical rigor.

Lastly, in the event of there being no suitable candidate within the ranks of the Company to fill the position sought, the talent will be sought outside the Bank. K.7. Personnel Incentives Policy. The system of financial incentives for personnel is aligned with criteria of prudence in risk taking. In this respect, the system of incentives relies, in addition to currently applicable statutory provisions, on the following premises:

a) assess the risks assumed by personnel on behalf of the entity, considering both future risks and those already assumed and incentives adjusted by all of the risks, including those that are difficult to measure, such as the liquidity, reputation and cost of capital risks, with the Personnel Incentives Committee being responsible for proposing the criterion to adjust by risk.

b) abstain from allocating the same amount to officers or business units who generate similar revenues in the short term though with different levels of risk.

c) tie the funds allocated to the payment of incentives to the general result posted by the entity, taking into account:

1. the cost and the amount of capital required to face the risk assumed. 2. the cost and the amount of liquidity risk assumed to conduct the business, and 3. consistency with the timing and likelihood of potential future revenues in addition to current

revenues.

d) apportion the contribution made by each individual and business unit to the entity’s performance, with it being reduced when the results of the entity or of the business unit decrease or eliminated when losses are posted, and

e) see to it that the schedule of incentive payments is in line with the time horizon of the risks, with the incentives being deferred to an extent in proportion to the realization of the results.

Page 49: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 49

In addition, the incentives for the personnel performing control tasks, be them financial or over any of the risks, shall be determined separately from the business areas being supervised, taking into consideration the role that they play for the organization and the attainment of the objectives with which their functions have been entrusted. L. Transparency in Information; Fluency and Completeness. L.1. Annual Report.

Pursuant to the provisions in Section 66 of Law No. 19,550, the Board of Directors must report on the status of the Company in its various operations, give an opinion about the future of these operations and communicate other aspects considered necessary to present the Company’s present and future situation. The annual report must, at minimum, deal with the following aspects:

a) the reasons for any significant variations in assets and liabilities. b) an adequate explanation about the extraordinary expenses and revenues and their origin and the

adjustments due to revenues and expenses of previous fiscal years, when they are significant. c) the reasons for any proposed reserves, accompanied by a clear and founded explanation. d) the causes, thoroughly discussed, why the Board proposes payment of dividends or distribution of

earnings in a manner other than in cash. e) an estimate of, or guidance about, the prospects of future operations. f) relations with controlling, controlled or related companies and the variations in the various ownership

interests and in receivables and payables. g) when there is a subscription for a public offering and the use of the proceeds is different from that

announced, the annual report must justify the ultimate use except when the proceeds were already a part of the Company’s equity due to their arising from irrevocable contributions on account of future issuances or debts of the issuer, and

h) in a separate exhibit, the Company is to prepare a report on Corporate Governance, as detailed under

the heading “Annual Report on Corporate Governance”. The annual report must be submitted together with a report of the Supervisory Committee advising on compliance with currently applicable rules and regulations. Without prejudice to the obligations arising from legal provisions, the preparation of the annual report must abide by the highest ethical standards and steps must be taken for the annual report to be clear, transparent and complete in order to facilitate its use by the Bank’s relevant third parties. L.2. Financial Statements. In its capacity as a financial institution and as a company listed on the stock exchange, Banco Hipotecario is regulated by Laws No. 21,526 and 26,831, the rules of the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV and therefore, it must issue its financial statements in accordance with the rules laid down by the Argentine Central Bank in its CONAU Circular Letter both annually and quarterly.

According to Section 25 of the by-laws, the year-end date for these financial statements is December 31 of each year and, depending on whether the information is for a fiscal year or for a quarterly period, they must be accompanied by an external auditor’s report or by a limited review report and by the supervisory committee’s report in accordance with the provisions of Section 294 of Law No. 19,550.

Page 50: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 50

The submission of the financial statements to the oversight authorities must take place on the earliest of the date regulated by the Argentine Central Bank or the CNV, where:

a) the due date for filing the annual and interim financial statements with the Argentine Central Bank falls on the twentieth day of the month following that to which the data refer, and

b) (1) the annual financial statements must be filed with the CNV on the earlier of (a) within a term of 70 running days as from the year-end date, or (b) within 2 days of their approval by the Board and at least 10 days before the date for which the shareholders’ meeting that shall consider them has been scheduled, and (2) the interim financial statements must be filed with the CNV on the earlier of (a) within 42 running days from the date of closing of each quarter of the fiscal year or (b) within 2 days of their approval by the Board.

Without prejudice to the obligations arising from legal provisions, the preparation of the financial statements must abide by the highest ethical standards and steps must be taken for the financial statements to be clear, transparent and complete in order to facilitate their use by the Bank’s relevant third parties. Lastly, in order to allow the shareholders and investors to familiarize with the entity’s financial situation and the various risks to which it is exposed, the Entity shall disclose reliable information through different mechanisms, such as (a) Banco Hipotecario’s own web-page, (b) Argentina’s Official Gazette and the bulletin of the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange and (c) the web page of the CNV and of the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange. In addition, through its Capital Markets Department, the Entity deals with the enquiries and concerns posed by shareholders, except for those that could affect the Company’s strategy or plans for the future. L.3. Regulatory Information required by the Control Authorities. The Company shall strictly comply with the rules and regulations that govern the stock market, publishing all the relevant information demanded by such rules and regulations through the means for transmission and publication mandated by the CNV and the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange. Relevant information is the information that would have been taken into account by a prudent and diligent expert in purchasing, selling or keeping securities, as well as the information that would be taken into account by a shareholder upon exercising his/her political rights in the respective shareholders’ meeting or other competent governance body. The Company has in place the procedures, the persons, the terms and in general, the structure necessary to disclose, fully and timely, the relevant information that could be of interest to the market as well as the resources necessary to update the Company’s basic information. Besides, the Bank’s management must disclose to the market through its web page:

a) the contracts between its directors, managers, chief executives and legal representatives, including their relatives, in conformity with the guidelines discussed under “Duties of the Members of the Organization – Conflict of Interest”.

b) internal rules about conflict resolution.

c) the criteria applicable to the trades that its directors and managers undertake in connection with the shares and other securities issued by the Bank.

d) a biographical description of the members of the Board and of the governance bodies responsible for internal control that conveys their qualifications and experience, and

e) the Bank shall disclose the identity of its main shareholders, specifying the classes of shares and their rights.

Page 51: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 51

M. Policies in connection with the Shareholders, the Depositors and Relevant Third Parties. M.1. Duties owed to the Shareholders The Bank’s Directors, Managers, Administrators and Legal Representatives must abide by the duty of loyalty and diligence expected from a good businessman in the exercise of their functions, which means that they must safeguard the interests of shareholders and see to it that they receive an adequate return on their investment. In particular, and as indicated by shareholders in Section 4, Sub-section a) of the By-laws, “The Company shall primarily serve the needs of housing mortgage loans” and if they do not, they could incur serious misconduct, entitling the shareholders to enforce the sanctions set forth in Section 59 of Law No. 19,550. M.1.a. Information and Response to Enquiries. The Capital Markets Department is the area primarily responsible for dealing with and responding to the enquiries and concerns posed by the shareholders and investors in publicly offered debt securities, except if such enquiries call for disclosing the strategy or the plans of the Company for the future. Additionally, the shareholders may request in writing and prior to the Shareholders’ meeting within the terms prescribed by the Law or verbally in the course of the shareholders’ meeting, any reports or clarification that they see fit about the matters covered by the agenda for the meeting. These requests may not involve matters concerning trade secrets or information considered strategic for the Bank’s performance. In its capacity as issuer of shares and publicly offered securities, the Bank shall, at all times, disclose clearly and objectively to the shareholders and investors all the financial information that they may request for decision-making purposes. The information to be provided shall not include matters covered by bank secrecy, trade secrets or details concerning the network’s commercial transactions. Besides, the shareholders representative of no less than 2% of capital stock may, at any time, request from the Company’s Statutory Auditors information about the matters within their purview and the statutory auditors are under a duty to provide such information. M.1.b.Fair Treatment. Fair Treatment is the equal and/or transparent treatment received by all shareholders when it comes to information. Fair treatment must be present in the processes to issue, acquire and/or sell the Bank’s shares and convertible negotiable obligations, which shall be conducted through mechanisms that guarantee equal conditions to all the shareholders. These matters include the rights conferred by Section 194 of Law No. 19,550 –preemptive right and accretion rights-, which, subject to the limitations imposed thereon by Section 197 of Law No. 19,550, Section 20 of Law No. 20,643 and Section 11 of Law No. 23,576 call for considering the provisions under Section 8 the by-laws, as follows:

a) preemptive rights, whose general rule is that Holders of each class of common shares shall have preemptive rights for the subscription of new shares of the same class in proportion to their respective shareholdings. Such right shall be exercised under the conditions and within the terms set forth by applicable laws and regulations. The holders of preemptive rights, irrespective of the class of shares that gives rise to them, may assign them to any third party, and in that case, the share that constitutes the subject matter of said preemptive right shall be converted into, or consist in, a Class D share, and

Page 52: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 52

b) accretion rights, which shall be exercised within the same term established for preemptive rights and with respect to all types of shares that have not been initially subscribed, in which case, the provisions in paragraphs (i) to (v) of sub-section b) of this section of the by-laws shall apply.

In this respect, the shareholders are entitled to receive fair treatment from the Bank’s directors and other administrators, abiding by the rights to information and to be called to meetings set forth in the Law. Should the Bank consider that the response given to a shareholder is apt to place that shareholder at an advantage, it shall immediately communicate such response to the other shareholders in accordance with the mechanisms established by the Bank’s managers to that end. M.1.c.Dividend Policy. The Board of the Bank has in place a policy consisting in paying dividends to shareholders when its net income allows it to do so and when the conditions and requirements imposed to that end by the rules of the Central Bank of Argentina are complied with. These rules prescribe that financial institutions must apply for approval to the SEFyC (Superintendency of Financial and Exchange Institutions) to distribute dividends in cash, with the caveat that this will not be permitted to those financial institutions that as of the month previous to that request:

a) are within the scope of sections 34 on regularization and turnaround and 35 bis on institutions’ restructuring to safeguard credit and bank deposits under Law No. 21,526.

b) have received financial aid from the Argentine Central Bank on grounds of illiquidity as per Section 17

of the Argentine Central Bank’s Charter.

c) have incurred delays or failed to comply with the reporting requirements imposed by the Argentine Central Bank

d) are considered to have failed to comply in full with the minimum capital requirements –on either a stand-alone or consolidated basis- (without computing the effect of the individual waivers granted by the SEFyC to such end) or with the minimum cash requirements –on average-, in either Pesos, foreign currency or Government securities.

Therefore, when the Board corroborates that the Bank does not fall within any of the situations listed above, it may determine the amount that it will propose to distribute as dividends in cash to the Shareholders’ meeting and the date for payment, making sure that such distribution does not cause a decrease in the Bank’s capital that, given its size, could have the potential of hindering the Bank’s needs for growth through new businesses, or the adequacy of such capital to face the risks that could be reasonably posed by unfavorable scenarios in the systemic environment and in the country’s macroeconomic conditions. In line with the above, the Board’s proposal must contemplate:

a) that the request for authorization to the SEFyC should be made at least 30 business days ahead of the Shareholders’ meeting and that as of the date of the meeting, the SEFyC’s express authorization must have been granted, and

b) that at the time the Shareholders’ meeting approves the distribution of dividends, the payment of

dividends must not affect the liquidity nor the solvency of the Company in accordance with the rules of the Argentine Central Bank.

Therefore, when there are retained earnings at the end of the fiscal year, the Board must approve the Proposal for Earnings Distribution and submit it to consideration by the Shareholders’ meeting together with the Financial Statements.

Page 53: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 53

According to the by-laws, this project must establish the application of earnings in accordance with the following detail:

a) the percentage fixed by the Argentine Central Bank in accordance with Section 33 of Law No. 21,256 for the Legal Reserve fund and the percentage necessary to raise special reserves in accordance with the banking and insurance laws and regulations currently in force.

b) remuneration for the Board and for the Supervisory Committee, when applicable.

c) the fixed dividends payable on common shares, if any, with such preference, and, if applicable, the cumulative outstanding dividends, and

d) the balance, in whole or in part, shall be paid as cash dividend to common shareholders or to voluntary reserve funds or carried forward or be otherwise allocated as the meeting may resolve.

In submitting the proposal for payment of dividends in cash on common shares to consideration by the shareholders’ meeting, the Board may move for the Shareholders’ meeting to delegate to the Board the right to determine the date of payment of such dividends, including or not the possibility of making such payments at regular intervals within the fiscal year. In the event of a vote in favor of the payment of dividends in shares, or in shares and in cash together, the relevant documents are to be filed with the CNV within 10 days after the shareholders’ meeting that resolved such payment and the shares and cash are to be made available to the shareholders within a term not in excess of three months after the notice authorizing the public offering. M.2. Protection of Depositors’ Interests. The Bank in its capacity as a financial institution, together with its personnel and the external auditors, must abide by the banking secrecy provisions set forth in Section 39 of Law No.21,256, which prohibits the disclosure of the borrowing transactions conducted by the Bank’s customers. Besides, the Law No. 24,485 instituted the deposit guarantee system whereby depositors are entitled to be reimbursed up to $ 120,000 if the Argentine Central Bank decides to suspend, in whole or in part, an institution’s operations or revokes a financial institution’s authorization to operate. If the guarantee described in the preceding paragraph in favor of the depositor were not honored, the depositor will enjoy the privilege established in paragraph i), sub-section e) of Section 49 of Law No. 21,526 in the course of the entity’s judicial liquidation proceedings. M.3. Protection of the Interests of Relevant Third Parties. Interactions with suppliers, sellers and customers, existing now or in the future, as well as with agents, public authorities and others must proceed with transparency, honesty and in compliance with all the applicable laws and regulations and with this Code. The members of the Bank are prohibited from delivering anything of value (including gifts, loans, entertainment, promises of future employment or other transfers of goods and/or services) to the Bank’s current or future customers, suppliers and/or sellers as an incentive to obtain or keep businesses or obtain preferential treatment. Particular care is to be exercised when relating to and interacting with government authorities and/or public officials who interact with the Bank, avoiding all attitudes that could be interpreted as actions or omissions aimed at wielding influence on any official action or at receiving differential treatment. The only corporate gifts permitted on behalf of the Bank shall be authorized by the Manager in charge of the relevant area or by the Manager in charge of the Department of Institutional and Community Relations. The members of the Bank are prohibited from accepting anything of value (including gifts, loans, entertainment, promises of future employment or other transfers of goods and/or services) –both directly and indirectly- from either sellers, suppliers or possible suppliers, customers, any involved entity or individual or anybody looking to do business with the Bank, or from any entity in which the Bank has an ownership interest as such acceptance

Page 54: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 54

could give the impression that the grantor is receiving or will receive favorable prices, terms, conditions or another preferential treatment from the Bank. The members of the Bank are only allowed to accept training courses given by suppliers when they relate to the Bank’s activities, as well as corporate gifts with a small monetary value (for instance, calendars, diaries, pens, to name but a few) and subject to a maximum monetary value as periodically established and communicated by the Ethics Committee. Neither may the members of the Bank take part in contests or incentive programs sponsored by sellers, suppliers or possible suppliers, customers, any involved entity or individual or anybody looking to do business with the Bank in exchange for, or based on, preferential treatment. This is inclusive of all payments, gifts or prizes from third parties granted directly or indirectly even when this were permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Procurement decisions are solely inspired by the Bank’s best interests and the suppliers shall be awarded a contract with the Bank if and only if their products and services are suitable to the Bank in terms of relevance, price, delivery and quality, without any subjective and personal considerations about the person taking part in the decision being allowed to distort these criteria. Neither kinship, friendship relationships nor the expectations of shareholders vis-à-vis current or potential suppliers, contractors, customers, competitors or regulators should affect independence and best judgment in defense of the Bank’s interests. The transactions conducted in these circumstances shall abide by this Code’s provisions. The Company has adopted the procurement policies and parameters established in the Manuals of Purchases and Procurement in accordance with the principles established in the Code of Ethics. The Bank applies organization-wide criteria that govern the acquisition of goods and services so that this acquisition is conducted in line with the following principles:

a) to foster tendering whenever possible so that there should be a plurality of suppliers of goods and services whose characteristics and conditions are in line, at each time, with the Company’s needs and requirements.

b) to make sure that acquisitions of goods and services are decided by combining the search for the conditions that are most advantageous for the Bank in each transaction with the maintenance of the value attributed to long-standing relationships with certain strategic suppliers.

c) to guarantee objectivity and transparency in decision-making processes avoiding situations that might affect the objectivity of the persons taking part in the processes, and

d) in the pre-selection of suppliers, the Bank shall preferably enter into agreements with legal entities, about which the Bank must analyze: 1. technical and financial capacity. 2. skills and track record in the market. 3. operational infrastructure. 4. financial stability. 5. service quality, and 6. guarantees offered.

The Bank must furthermore evaluate the shareholders, legal representative, and members of the Board of its suppliers and contractors.

Page 55: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 55

M.4. Social Balance Sheet.

It is an essential policy at the Bank to accompany the attainment of its financial and development objectives with actions in the field of enterprise social responsibility and environmental responsibility. In addition, according to the provisions of Law No. 25,877 of the Argentine Republic and Law No. 2,594 of the City of Buenos Aires, the companies with a headcount of more than 300 workers with revenues in excess of the values indicated for medium-sized enterprises under Resolution SEPyME 147/2006 of the Ministry of Industry’s Secretariat of Small and Medium Enterprises are under a duty to prepare the Social Balance Sheet which must be understood as a tool to convey the Company’s economic events that are presently not included in the annual report and financial statements. Therefore, the preparation of policies and the performance actions of enterprise social responsibility do not entail only compliance with the law. Rather, the Company aspires to be considered a socially responsible enterprise and therefore it seeks to enforce standards that surpass the rules and regulations and to act responsibly both outside and inside the company at an organization-wide level. The Social Balance Sheet is thus a management tool to plan, organize, direct, record, control and assess, in quantitative and qualitative terms, the social management of a company for a certain period of time and vis-à-vis pre-established goals. Knowledge of the social balance sheet is useful to directors, workers, trade unions, the Government and the general public. As is also the case with the annual report and the financial statements, the Law lays down that the social balance sheet must be filed every year at the end of each fiscal year and that it must reflect the procedures applied by the Company and must meet the following requirements: it must be objective, concrete and measurable and apt to be traced and audited. Its minimum contents have been established by the enforcement authorities and they are based on indicators that provide an objective valuation and assessment in conditions of fairness and social, environmental and financial sustainability with respect to the Company’s performance. To that end, the indicators may be as developed by Brazil’s ETHOS Institute or Great Britain’s AA 1000 Accountability standards of the Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability or the Global Reporting Initiative of the UN’s Global Compact. In the main, the social balance sheet has 4 objectives and 5 areas of social responsibility as detailed hereinbelow: Objectives:

a) to perform a diagnosis of management actions in the field of compliance with the Company’s enterprise social responsibility in a given period in order to define policies, establish programs and streamline the effectiveness of social investments with a view to fostering development for the Company’s workers and society at large.

b) as an enterprise management tool, the social balance sheet allows management to plan actions aimed at increasing worker productivity and efficiency. In addition, it allows management to assess the actions in terms of costs and benefits.

c) to avail itself of information concerning the Company’s human resources and the sectors with which the Company interacts and be able to adequately inform the public opinion about its social performance as a company, and

d) as a management tool it allows the company to update the policies and programs related to its social responsibility as it provides tools with increased efficiency to measure and control the consequences, costs and benefits resulting from the Company’s actions.

Page 56: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 56

Areas of enterprise social responsibility:

a) ethical values and principles: this refers to the manner in which the Company puts together a set of principles in decision-making in its strategic processes and objectives. These basic principles refer to the ideals and beliefs that serve as a frame of reference to make organizational decisions. This is known as a “value-based approach to business” and it is, overall, based on the company’s mission and vision.

b) employment conditions and workplace atmosphere: this refers to the human resources policies that

have an impact on employees such as remunerations and fringe benefits, career planning, training, the work environment, diversity, work-life balance, work and family, health, labor safety, etc.

c) community support: this refers to the broad-ranging actions that the Company undertakes to maximize

the impact of its contributions, either in money, time, products, services, knowledge or other resources oriented towards the communities in which it operates. It includes entrepreneurial spirit geared towards increased financial prosperity for society at large.

d) environmental protection: this is the commitment assumed by enterprises to the environment and

sustainable development. It comprises matters such as concern for waste management, personnel training and awareness raising and

e) responsible marketing: the policy that involves a set of company decisions mainly relating to

consumers and in connection with product integrity, commercial practices, prices, distribution, dissemination of product characteristics, marketing and advertising.

The Bank describes its actions for the benefit of the community in its Annual Report and other publications. N. Supervision and Internal Control. N.1. General Principle of Internal Control. Internal control is broadly defined as a process performed by the Board of Directors, the management and other members of a Company, designed to provide reasonable safety with respect to the achievement of goals in the following categories:

a) effectiveness and efficiency in the operations.

b) reliability on the accounting information, and

c) compliance with the applicable Laws and rules. The first category deals with the basic business goals of a Company, including those related to performance, profitability and protection of assets. The second one is related to the reliable preparation of financial statements and supplementary information for the Argentine Central Bank, the CNV and other users. The third category refers to compliance with the Laws and rules to which the Bank is subject. Internal control is made up by five interrelated components, which are integrated with the management’s process. Though the components are inherent in all the entities, small and medium entities may implement them differently than large entities should do. Their controls may be less formal and less structured; even so those Companies may and should carry out an effective internal control. The components are: a) control environment: Control environment sets forth the way of operation of an organization, influencing the

control awareness of its staff. It is the basis of all other internal control components as it provides discipline and structure. The factors comprising control environment include, among others, integrity, ethical values

Page 57: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 57

and skills of the Company’s staff; the style and way of operation of Management; the way in which Management confers authority and responsibility, organizes and develops its staff and the attention and direction provided by the Board of Directors.

b) Risk assessment: Any Company faces a variety of risks from external and internal sources, which should be

assessed. The determination of goals relating to different levels and internally compatible is a condition precedent to risk assessment. Risk assessment means identifying and analyzing material risks for the achievement of goals, making up a basis to determine how risks should be managed. As economic, financial, regulatory and operating conditions will continue to change, mechanisms for the identification and management of special risks related to such change are necessary.

c) Control activities: Control activities are the policies and procedures that help to ensure that management’s

directives are complied with. This implies taking such actions as may be necessary to face the risks towards the achievement of the Company’s goals. Control activities are carried out throughout the organization, at all levels and in all the positions. They include a wide range of activities such as approvals, authorizations, verifications, conciliations, reviews of operating performance, protection of assets and segregation of duties.

d) Information and communication: The relevant information should be identified, gathered and communicated

in a manner and at a time enabling agents to comply with their obligations. Information systems generate reports containing operating, financial and accounting information that enables the management and control of the business. Not only does it involve internal information but also information on external matters, activities and conditions necessary to take decisions and submit external reports. Effective communication should also, in a broader sense, flow all over the organization. All the personnel should receive the Management’s clear message on that control duties should be taken seriously, and

e) Monitoring: The internal control system should be monitored. Monitoring is a process that assesses the

quality of performance of the system over time. It is performed by monitoring activities in progress, separated assessments or a combination of both.

The definition of internal control – with its main concepts underlying a process performed by people and providing reasonable safety – jointly with the description of goals, components and the criteria for effectiveness, as well as the related discussions constitute the basis of internal control. The Board of Directors’ responsibilities include, among others, the definition, design and conservation of internal control policies and procedures, as well as the supervision thereof for them to conform the Companies’ needs. The Company’s Audit Committee is the main responsible for monitoring the adequate performance of the internal control system. This committee supports the Board of Directors in the implementation and supervision of internal control and in turn, it has the internal audit division, which serves as assessing entity of internal control systems and is in charge of making recommendations for the improvement thereof. N.2. Supervisory Committee. N.2.a. Composition. In accordance with the provisions of Law 19,550 and the Bank’s by-laws, the corporate supervision shall be in charge of an Auditing Body or a Supervisory Committee made up by 5 statutory auditors and 5 alternate statutory auditors, where 3 statutory auditors and 3 alternate statutory auditors shall appointed by class D and C shareholders, voting at the class shareholders’ meeting to that effect as members of a single class, 1 of the statutory auditors and 1 of the alternate statutory auditors shall be appointed by class B shareholders, to the extent such class represents more than 2% of the capital stock, and 1 of the statutory auditors and 1 of the alternate statutory auditors shall be appointed by class A shareholders. In the event that class B shares do not represent 2% of the capital stock and class C shares do not represent 3% of the capital stock, the number of statutory auditors will be reduced to 3 statutory auditors and 3 alternate statutory auditors. Two statutory auditors and 2 alternate statutory auditors shall be appointed by class B, C and D voting at the class

Page 58: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 58

shareholders’ meeting to that effect as members of a single class, and 1 statutory auditor and 1 alternate statutory auditor shall be appointed by class A shareholders. In view of the election of statutory auditors by class, for so long as classes of shares exist, the election of statutory auditors by cumulative vote shall not apply to the Company. Statutory auditors shall be elected for a term of 2 years, however, they shall remain in office until their replacement. N.2.b. Requirements to serve as Statutory Auditor. The statutory auditor’s role, as from the express acceptance of the position and after setting up domicile, basically implies carrying out legality and accounting controls Legality control consists in monitoring compliance with the law, corporate by-laws, regulations and shareholders’ resolutions by the Board of Directors. In other words, it means overseeing that the Board of Directors exercise its duties within the applicable legal framework. Therefore, the statutory auditor shall review that the decisions taken by the Board of Directors comply with the rules that are essentially inherent therein, that those decisions are adopted in accordance with the majorities required by the Company’s by-laws or regulations; that they are transcribed to the relevant minute book; that the effects thereof are properly recorded in the accounting books and that the relevant legal and regulatory requirements are met. If the conditions referred to in the two preceding paragraphs are not met, the statutory auditor shall report it to the directors by means of a formal statement and, according to the circumstances, he/she shall give notice thereof to the shareholders. The statutory auditor is not entitled to approve or disapprove the Board of Directors’ decisions, because his/her functions are of supervision rather than of management. In addition, the statutory auditor shall put on record his/her points of view on the defaults observed and in due time and according to the circumstances, he/she shall report it to the Shareholders’ Meeting. The statutory auditor shall not control the advantage or disadvantage of certain acts or transactions – which involves control over the management – but he/she shall control compliance with the law and by-laws, which entails the legality control mentioned above, notwithstanding any act or transaction itself. Accordingly, to serve as statutory auditors, any candidate must:

a) be a lawyer or accountant, with qualifying degree, o a civil company with joint and several liability exclusively organized by these professionals.

b) have actual domicile set up in the country.

c) Not fall within any of the disqualifications described below:

1. Those who may not act in commerce.

2. Those adjudged bankrupt on grounds of negligence or fraud for up to 10 years after their discharge, those adjudged unintentionally bankrupt or those against whom reorganization proceedings were undertaken up to 5 years after their discharge; company directors and/or managers whose behavior had been considered as negligent or fraudulent for up to 10 years after their discharge.

3. Convicts who received an ancillary sentence of disqualification from service as public officials; those

convicted of theft, robbery, embezzlement, bribery, issuing checks without sufficient funds and of crimes against public faith; those convicted of crimes perpetrated in the formation, operation and liquidation of companies. In all the preceding cases, the inability shall subsist for up to 10 years after the sentence was served;

Page 59: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 59

4. Public officials serving in positions related to the Company’s corporate purpose for up to 2 years after they step down from such positions.

5. Those disqualified from serving as public officials.

6. Those who are non-performing debtors at financial institutions.

7. Those disqualified from holding checking or other types of accounts in a similar nature for up to three

years after the lifting of such disqualification.

8. Those disqualified pursuant to the application of Sub-section 5 of Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, in so far as the sanction is in force, and

9. Those who, following a decision by a competent authority, have been found guilty of misconduct in the

government and management of financial institutions.

d) Not have any independence incompatibility or issue with respect to the Company, such as: 1. if he/she is under an employment agreement with the entity whose accounting information is

subject to supervision or with entities economically related to an entity where he/she serves as statutory auditor, or if he/she has been under such an employment agreement during the fiscal year for which the information subject to supervision is relevant.

2. if he/she is spouse or blood relative in direct or collateral line up to and including the fourth degree, or by way of affinity up to the second degree, of any of the owners, directors, general managers or managers of the entity whose accounting information is subject to supervision or of entities economically related to that where he/she serves as statutory auditor.

3. if he/she is partner, associate, director or manager of the entity whose accounting information is subject to supervision, or of entities economically related to that where he/she serves as statutory auditor, o if he/she has been a such a partner, associate, director or manager during the fiscal year for which such information subject to supervision is relevant.

4. if he/she has material interests in the entity whose accounting information is subject to supervision, or in entities economically related to that where he/she serves as statutory auditor, or if he/she has had such interests during the fiscal year for which such information subject to supervision is relevant.

5. if his/her remuneration is contingent upon or dependent upon the conclusions or results of his/her supervision task, and

6. if his/her remuneration is agreed upon on the basis of the results for the period to which the financial statements subject to supervision refer.

Page 60: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 60

Finally, within the independence criteria of the statutory auditor, the provisions of the CNV’s General Resolution 400 “Independence criteria of external auditors” mentioned under title “Requirements for the position” of External Audit should also be considered.

On the other hand, the statutory auditor’s position is personal and not assignable. The supervision task is remunerated and fixed by the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting within the limits set forth by the law in force. The statutory auditor’s appointment may only be revoked by the shareholders’ meeting, which shall revoke it without cause always provided that 5% of the capital stock does not object thereto. In the event of a vacancy, either temporary or final, or upon the occurrence of a ground for disqualification from the office, the statutory auditor shall be replaced by the relevant alternate statutory auditor. Should the alternate statutory auditor be unable to serve, the Board of Directors shall immediately call to a class shareholders’ meeting in order to make the relevant appointments up to the completion of the term. Upon the occurrence of any impediment during the term of office, the statutory auditor shall immediately step down from his/her position and shall give notice thereof to the Board of Directors within 10 days. Finally, the obligations of the alternate statutory auditor shall be effective as from his/her acceptance, upon the occurrence of the regular statutory auditor’s temporary or final vacancy, and until the statutory auditor resumes his/her office or new statutory auditors are appointed by the Shareholders’ Meeting upon the expiration of the general term of office. N.2.c. Responsibilities, Powers and Duties. Statutory auditors are unlimited and joint and severally liable for the non-performance of the obligations imposed by law, the by-laws and the regulations. Their liability shall become effective by decision of the shareholders’ meeting. The shareholders’ meeting’s decision declaring the statutory auditor’s liability entails his/her removal as well. They shall also be joint and severally liable with directors for their actions and omissions when the damage would not have occurred if they had acted in accordance with the law, by-laws, regulations and shareholders’ decisions. The powers and duties of the statutory auditor, notwithstanding others provided by the law in force, are as follows:

a) To supervise the company’s management, to which effect he/she shall review such books and documentation as he/she may deem advisable, and at least, once every 3 months.

b) To verify in the same manner and at the same intervals cash and cash equivalents and securities, as well as obligations and their performance, and to request the preparation of trial balances.

c) To attend with the right to voice his/her opinion, but not to cast any vote, meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee and the Shareholders’ Meetings, to which he/she shall be summoned.

d) To control the creation and effectiveness of the Board of Directors’ bond and to take such measures as may be necessary to correct any irregularity.

e) To file with the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting a written and founded report on the company’s economic and financial condition, giving an opinion on the annual report, inventory, balance sheet and income statement.

f) To provide the shareholders representing at least 2% of the capital stock, at any time upon their request, with any information on matters of its jurisdiction.

Page 61: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 61

g) To call to an Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, whenever he/she may deem it necessary and to Ordinary or Special Shareholders’ Meetings, whenever the Board of Directors omits to do so.

h) To cause that such business as he/she may deem proper be included in the Shareholders’ Meeting’s agenda.

i) To oversee that the corporate bodies duly comply with the law, by-laws, regulations and Shareholders’ decisions.

j) To supervise the Company’s liquidation.

k) To investigate written complaints made by shareholders representing at least 2% of the capital stock, to mention them orally to the shareholders’ meeting and to express such considerations and motions thereon as may be relevant. To immediately call to a shareholders’ meeting in order for it to resolve in that respect, whenever the investigated matter is not dealt with by the Board of Directors as he/she may deem it proper and whenever he/she may deems it necessary to act urgently.

l) he/she may coordinate, without delegating any responsibility to the internal and external audit divisions, the development of certain tasks subject to their future supervision and control.

m) To issue a founded report to be filed with the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting when the Company

wishes to voluntarily reduce its capital stock; and n) To issue a report on a monthly basis on the business relationships between the Company and related

individuals and legal entities. In turn, statutory auditors, either regular or alternate, shall have the following reporting obligations arising as from the time of their appointment. This information shall provided in the manner of an affidavit and binds their signors, namely: To be filed with the Argentine Central Bank:

a) Form of “Background Information of Promoters, Founding Members, Directors, Managers, Members of the Supervisory Committees, Statutory Auditors or Managers” including the personal details, labor history in financial activities, statement of assets and sworn statement about the disqualifications of Section 10 of Law No. 21,526. This form must be filed as soon as the person is designated by the Bank’s shareholders’ meeting or relevant governance body and then once a year, after the due date for filing the tax returns with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for the duration of the term of office and/or for as long as the person remains in office and within 5 days of any change in the personal details provided in the form. All the statements of assets inserted in the form must coincide with the tax return most recently filed with the Tax Authorities (AFIP) for income tax and personal property, when applicable.

b) Certificate of absence of criminal records issued by the Registry of Offenders with Prior Convictions within the purview of the Ministry of Justice, where a certificate is issued to those who have or do not have a criminal record. The certificate must be filed together with the personal background form.

c) Sworn statements regarding the existence of related individuals or legal entities: each statutory auditor must prepare an affidavit disclosing whether he/she does have related Argentine or foreign companies or not, and if he/she does, he/she must identify them. Besides, each statutory auditor must provide: an affidavit about the persons related to him/her by kinship. The sworn statement about related individuals or legal entities must be filed upon taking office and on a half-yearly basis, before January 31 and July 31 each year. The sworn statement about persons related to him by kinship must be filed upon taking office and on an annual basis, before January 31 of each year. Should there be changes in the information provided in the affidavits, they must be reported within 5 days of said change in a new sworn statement, and

Page 62: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 62

d) Information related to transfers of shares of the Bank. Section 15 of Law 21,526 and Title 1 of Chapter

V of Circular CREFI-2 set forth that statutory auditors shall report any transfer of shares capable of altering the composition of groups of shareholders of the financial institution or of shareholders controlling the financial institution. Such obligation involves transactions representing 5% or more of the capital stock and/or votes of the relevant Entity. The information must be filed within 10 days after becoming aware of the transaction.

To be filed with the CNV:

a) With the Bank being a company that issues shares and securities admitted to public offering, an individual file is to be submitted for each one of the regular and alternate statutory auditors. The file must comprise the statutory auditor’s personal data and it must also detail their independence condition with respect to the Company. The file must be submitted within 10 days of the appointment as Statutory Auditor.

b) Initial and annual sworn statement of the statutory auditor’s holdings of securities, with details about the quantity and class of shares, debt instruments, stock options and debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario that are directly or indirectly owned or managed by him/her. The sworn statement must be filed within the 10 days subsequent to taking office and each year, and it must disclose updated information.

c) Monthly sworn statement of changes in securities’ holdings: any changes in the holdings or stock options and/or debt securities issued by Banco Hipotecario must be disclosed in this sworn statement. It must be filed within 15 days after the end of the month for which the information is relevant.

To be filed with the BASE:

a) Information on the Bank’s statutory auditors related to their personal data and their independence

condition with respect to the Company. Such information must be filed within 10 days after the shareholders’ meeting that appointed them.

To be filed with MAE:

a) Information about the statutory auditors discharging duties as MAE agents, who must provide their personal details, their real domicile and their domicile of choice, whether they render services for other companies, related companies and an affidavit of their net worth. This information must be provided within 10 days following their designation.

b) Information about the statutory auditors, who must provide a detail of the securities held in their

portfolios. This information must be submitted annually, upon filing the financial statements. The Supervisory Committee shall be called upon by any of the statutory auditors and shall hold meetings with the attendance of the absolute majority of its members and adopt resolutions by majority vote. The dissident Statutory Auditor shall have the rights, powers and duties set forth in Law 19,550. N.3. External Audit. N.3.a. Requirements for the position.

Banco Hipotecario’s external audit shall be exercised by public accountants not serving as statutory auditors of the Bank and enrolled in the registry of auditors and/o associations of university professionals qualified by the SEFyC.

Page 63: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 63

The financial institution shall report to the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV the name of the public accountant (regular external auditor) appointed to perform the external audit of its financial statements and other information requested from time to time by those institutions, as well as his/her term of hiring and the start and termination dates thereof, expressed in terms of fiscal years to be audited. The financial institution shall, in the event of temporary absence from the country or long-term disease of the external auditor appointed, appoint and report to the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV, a second external auditor to act as alternate, who shall comply with the requirements necessary to exercise such position only during the absence of the appointed regular external auditor, indicating the date on which the alternate external auditor shall take office and, when appropriate, the termination date of such appointment due to the return of the regular external auditor or for other reasons. Public accountants may render external audit services in their own name or through professional firms or associations of university professionals and must:

a) be registered and qualified in the registry of external auditors of the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV. Furthermore, the registration and continuance in the registry of the Argentine Central Bank shall be contingent upon the analysis and consideration that the SEFyC makes with respect to the professional’s personal and professional background and skills.

b) Not be partners or shareholders, directors or managers of the Company, or of persons or companies

economically related thereto. c) Not be under an employment agreement with the Company or with companies economically related

thereto. d) Not fall under any of the prohibitions set forth in Section 10 of Law 21,526 for statutory auditors:

1. Those who may not act in commerce.

2. Those adjudged bankrupt on grounds of negligence or fraud for up to 10 years after their discharge, those adjudged unintentionally bankrupt or those against whom reorganization proceedings were undertaken up to 5 years after their discharge; company directors and/or managers whose behavior had been considered as negligent or fraudulent for up to 10 years after their discharge.

3. Convicts who received an ancillary sentence of disqualification from service as public officials; those

convicted of theft, robbery, embezzlement, bribery, issuing checks without sufficient funds and of crimes against public faith; those convicted of crimes perpetrated in the formation, operation and liquidation of companies. In all the preceding cases, the inability shall subsist for up to 10 years after the sentence was served;

4. Public officials serving in positions related to the Company’s corporate purpose for up to 2 years after

they step down from such positions.

5. Those disqualified from serving as public officials.

6. Those who are non-performing debtors at financial institutions.

7. Those disqualified from holding checking or other types of accounts in a similar nature for up to three years after the lifting of such disqualification.

8. Those disqualified pursuant to the application of Sub-section 5 of Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, in so

far as the sanction is in force, and

9. Those who, following a decision by a competent authority, have been found guilty of misconduct in the government and management of financial institutions.

Page 64: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 64

e) Not have been expressly disqualified from the profession by any of the Professional Councils in

Economic Sciences of the country. f) Have a seniority of at least 5 years in the roll.

g) Have at least 3 years of experience in the performance of auditing tasks in financial institutions,

comprising the different matters subject to supervision, and

h) Have the independence required by the auditing standards in force. The independence requirements are applicable to both the public accountant issuing the report and the members of the work-team participating in the audit, whether they are professionals in economic sciences, professionals in other disciplines or non-professionals. As regards professional associations, the incompatibilities described below shall extend to all the members or associates of the public accountant. Accordingly, the auditor will not be deemed independent in the following cases: 1. if the professional or any of its partners, if acting an accounting firm, holds credit facilities of any

nature granted by the entities they audit.

2. if he/she is under an employment agreement with the entity whose accounting information is subject to audit or with entities economically related to that where he/she serves as auditor or if he/she has been under such an employment agreement during the fiscal year for which the information subject to audit is relevant.

3. if he/she is spouse or blood relative in direct or collateral line up to and including the fourth degree, or by way of affinity up to the second degree, of any of the owners, directors, general managers or managers of the entity whose accounting information is subject to audit or of entities economically related to that where he/she serves as auditor.

4. if he/she is partner, associate, director or manager of the entity whose accounting information is subject to audit, or of entities economically related to that where he/she serves as auditor, or if he/she has been such a partner, associate, director or manager during the fiscal year for which the information subject to audit is relevant.

5. If he/she has material interests in the entity whose accounting information is subject to audit, or in entities economically related to that where he/she serves as auditor, or if he/she has had such interests during the fiscal year for which the information subject to audit is relevant.

6. if his/her remuneration is contingent upon or dependent upon the conclusions or results of his/her audit task, and

7. if his/her remuneration is agreed upon on the basis of the results for the period for which the financial statements subject to audit is relevant.

In addition, according to the provisions of the CNV’s General Resolution 400 as regards the provision of professional services other than external auditing services, the external auditor shall not be regarded as independent if those services include any of the following tasks: 1. to assume management activities such as, to authorize, carry out or consummate a transaction,

or otherwise exercise any kind of action on behalf of the entity or to have the power to do so. 2. to take management or direction-related decisions for which he/she must liable vis-à-vis the

entity’s governance body.

3. to have the custody of the entity’s assets.

Page 65: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 65

4. to prepare source documents or to originate electronic or other data supporting the performance of a transaction.

5. if the support services provided to the governance body, in view of the obligation to keep accounting records in accordance with the legal provisions in force and to prepare financial statements in accordance with the accounting standards adopted by the Commission, imply taking management decisions or playing a role equivalent to that of the management,

6. if the assessment services consist in allocating value to significant items of the financial statements and such assessment includes a significant degree of subjectivity by the auditor,

7. if the tax services imply that the external auditor take decisions on the policies to be implemented

in the entity’s tax area or if the preparation and presentation of returns and the adoption of tax positions are not provided by the entity but by the external auditor,

8. if the technology services, which include the design and implementation of technological systems of accounting information for an entity, are used to generate information that forms part of the financial statements, unless the following conditions are met: (a) if the Company acknowledges that it shall establish, maintain and follow up the internal control system, (b) if the Company appoints a competent employee, preferably member of the senior management, for him/her to take all the management decisions with respect to the design and implementation of an equipment and computer program system, (c) if the Company is in charge of taking all the management decisions with the respect to the design and implementation process, (d) if the Company assesses the adequacy and results of the system’s design and implementation, (e) if the Company is responsible for the operation of the system (equipment and programs) and the data used in or generated thereby, and (f) if the personnel of the external auditor that provides these services does not perform management functions or play a role equivalent to that of the senior management.

9. if the provision of legal services, pursuant to the existence of a lawyers’ professional association,

implies acting on behalf of the Company in the resolution of any dispute or lawsuit, and 10. if the financial services consist in the promotion, purchase or initial subscription and placement of

an entity’s shares, even if the transaction is performed on account and to the order thereof. For the purposes of the provisions hereof, the calculation period for the incompatibilities shall be counted as from the fiscal year in which the tasks are performed until the third year prior to the fiscal year for which the audited financial statements are relevant.

As regards associations of university professionals enrolled in the registry of associations of university professionals of the Argentine Central Bank, the name of the responsible member appointed shall be informed to the SEFyC – whether or not he/she is the external auditor of the financial institution-, considering as such the member who meets the following conditions: (a) to be enrolled in the registry of auditors; (b) to be in charge of financial entities’ accounts and to keep in permanent contact with the relevant financial institution; (c) to appear before the SEFyC for the purposes of filing the paper work supporting the external auditor’s report and to provide such extensions or clarifications as may be deemed necessary; and (d) to participate in meetings with the SEFyC’s inspectors in order to provide all such data as may be deemed necessary for the purposes of determining the rating to be allocated to the financial institution. The Company shall inform the appointment of the external auditor and the alternate external auditor by means of a notice to:

a) the Argentine Central Bank within 15 business day after the appointment, accompanied by the 3830 A, 3831 A forms and the Certificate issued by the Registry of Offenders with Prior Convictions issued with no observations within the year of such filing. In addition, such documentation shall be filed annually

Page 66: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 66

before the end of the first fiscal quarter and should there be any changes before the expiration of the hiring term, the entities shall describe the grounds that gave rise thereto, and

b) the CNV at least 10 business days prior to the Shareholders’ Meeting, enclosing the affidavits of the

external auditor and the alternate external auditor and the Company’s Audit Committee’s opinions, which shall at least include: (1) names and last names, type and number of identity document; (2) professional domicile; (3) university that granted the degree and date of graduation; (4) other university degrees awarded; (5) experience in auditing financial statements of other companies or entities; (6) detail of the Professional Councils where he/she is enrolled; (7) the company or professional association of which he/she is a member, as appropriate, indicating the domicile thereof and details of the respective enrollment or registration with the competent Professional Council; (8) detail of penalties imposed on the professional individually or on the company or professional association of which he/she is a member; indicating those that would have been qualified as private by the acting Professional Council; and (9) detail of his/her professional relationships or those of the company or association of which he/she is a member with the issuer or shareholders thereof having a significant interest therein or with companies where the shareholders also have a significant interest as concerns external audit functions or otherwise.

N.3.b.Rotation and Hiring Regime.

In accordance with the provisions of the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations, external auditors may not personally serve at the same time in more than one financial institution where they will not hold office for more than 5 consecutive years. Upon the termination of his/her office due to the expiration of the maximum term or a shorter term, a period at least equivalent to his/her term of office shall elapse in order for him/her to be appointed again to such position. Since the external auditor is another service provider of the Company, he/she is included within the general regime of purchases and hiring set fort by the Bank. Such hiring regime ensures the transparency requested by Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831– for the appointment of the accountant certifying the financial statements so as to provide reliability to the financial statements for the users thereof or the relevant third parties of the Company, including majority shareholders, minority shareholders and depositors. Finally, as a regulatory condition the Argentine Central Bank requires that the agreement between the financial institution and the professionals accepting to render external auditing services shall include express clauses whereby:

a) the professionals declare to know and accept the obligations set forth in the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank.

b) the entities authorize the professionals and the latter, in turn, covenant to deal with inquiries, arrange

access to the paper work and/or make available copies thereof to the SEFyC; and

c) associations of university professionals promise to act as joint and severally liable sureties expressly waiving their division and excussion rights with respect to such obligations as may be imposed as penalties by the Argentine Central Bank, either to the external auditor and/or the responsible partner.

N.4. Internal Auditor.

N.4.a. Independence.

The internal auditor responsible for the group shall functionally report to the Board of Directors and whenever his/her position is not covered by a Director, for the purposes of contributing to an adequate independence of judgment, his/her position shall be served by personnel employed by the Company acting with independence

Page 67: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 67

from the remaining areas that make up the organizational structure thereof, and shall perform his/her work in an objective and unbiased manner when rendering his/her opinions on his/her plans and reports. The auditor’s objectivity shall consist in a performance founded in the reality of facts and other circumstances related thereto (acts, situations, evidences, unrestricted access to areas and information) allowing him/her to keep his/her criteria and opinions on a solid basis, without any distortions caused by particular conditions. It is essential that auditors keep and evidence an objective and independent attitude with respect to the audited documents, and that in turn, he/she be regarded as such by third parties. Such independence of judgment is a mental attitude characterized by the existence of a high level of ethical sense, expressed by means of a respectful conduct towards the expression of the truth and aware of the responsibility that entails the task of Corporate control towards the community. The auditor shall consider if there is any interference or impediment, either internal or external, affecting his/her attitude and his/her conviction to perform his/her work in an objective and unbiased manner, without giving rise to any questionings as regards his/her independent criteria in the performance of his/her functions. The intellectual honesty implied in objectivity may only be strengthened on the basis of conditions that allow to recognize such mental attitude in the internal auditor. The auditor shall at all times avoid acting in circumstances where he/she may feel unable to render unbiased professional opinions. Below are internal or personal impediments that may determine actual or potential prejudices or conflicts of interests:

a) close relationship, either by consanguinity or affinity, with the persons whose information or business the internal auditor should review.

b) close friendship or notorious enmity with those whose business he/she examines or reviews.

c) significant economic-financial interests in the Company where he/she acts.

d) prejudices, favoritisms or hostilities on adopted decisions.

e) intervention in auditing tasks in an area or sector where the auditor would have recently served as decision-maker or operator.

f) allocation of line, operating, co-management or pre-control tasks, and

g) lack of independence in the preparation of planning and the budget thereof in connection with the control tasks to be developed.

Any of these situations shall be reported to the Audit Committee whenever they are verified and affect objectivity. The following activities do not affect the auditor’s objectivity:

a) to recommend certain methods of control, or to review the design of the procedures to be implemented.

b) to collaborate with the managerial levels in the performance of their duties through independent assessments and improvement recommendations, and

c) to support the drafting of governance, risk management and internal control policies.

By contrast, his/her participation in the design, implementation and operation thereof does indeed affect his/her objectivity. Therefore, the top officer responsible for audit activities shall be on the alert and shall also be

Page 68: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 68

informed about his/her personnel whenever its objectivity or impartiality may be affected, and shall act in advance in order to avoid any possible conflicts of interests or other obstacles. N.4.b. Requirements and Obligations.

In order to serve as Internal Auditor of the Bank and each of the Subsidiaries companies thereof, candidates must: (a) be independent according to the terms described under the title “independence” of the chapter “Internal Auditor”; (b) not fall under any of the prohibitions or incompatibilities set forth in Section 264 of Law 19,550 and Section 10 of Law 21,526; and (c) have previous and demonstrable experience in the subject and on the other hand, for so long as the National State holds a majority of the capital stock, he/she must comply with the requirements detailed in Decree 971/1993 and in Resolution 17/2006 issued by the Argentine General Accounting Office (Sindicatura General de la Nación), which in particular are:

a) to be holder of a national university degree in economic sciences, law or in accordance with the incumbencies or principal purpose of the jurisdiction or the audited company, corresponding to a course of studies with a curriculum of at least 5 years.

b) to have 5 years of professional experience.

c) to have 3 years of experience in internal or external audit activities, either in the public or private sector, and

d) to have experience in managing work teams. Besides, the Bank shall send, within 10 business days after the appointment, a notice addressed to the SEFyC including personal details and labor background of the highest-ranking responsible officer of internal audit. Any removal or resignation shall also be informed to the SEFyC within 10 business days thereof indicating the grounds that gave rise to such measure. N.4.c. Planning and Reports.

As a result of planning and the work performed in order to assess internal control, the internal audit division shall prepare reports according to such formalities as may be deemed convenient and that, therefore, may reflect partial aspects of the controlling task. Those reports shall include a description of the scope of the tasks performed, deficiencies observed, their effects on the Company’s controlling structure or accounting information, as appropriate, as well as any recommendations to cure them. At least once year or more often if the auditor deems it necessary, he/she shall issue a report for each relevant cycle assessed and on the management of risks thereof. The Company’s highest-ranking officer in internal audit shall issue a report to the Audit Committee at least every two months. Such report shall include a summary of the cycles assessed, control and substantive tests carried out during the period according to the expected work plan, degree of scope and an opinion on the results thereof, with indication of the branches and/or divisions of the entity where those tasks have been performed. At least twice a year, with an interval of at least six months, the internal auditor shall submit to the Audit Committee a report showing the review of the documentation filed with the Argentine Central Bank as regards compliance with the following regulations: fixed assets and other items, fractioning of credit risk, loans to related customers and credit rating. In the event of non-compliance with the referred regulations, the increase in the minimum capital required due to credit risk shall be taken into account – even when arising in prior periods – and, if appropriate, such circumstance shall be included in the notes to the financial statements.

Page 69: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 69

Those reports shall mention the partial reports prepared during the period and shall be transcribed into the Committee’s Minute Book and signed by the Company’s highest-ranking officer in internal audit. Partial reports shall be kept as an exhibit to the Minute Book, to that effect they shall be bound and numbered according to such procedure as may be deemed convenient. The term for filing the reports with the Audit Committee shall be 15 calendar days, counted as from the first day following the two-month period for which the information is relevant.

N.5. Compliance with Internal Controls

The Bank has not deemed convenient to establish a specific unit to monitor on a regular basis compliance with the corporate governance rules and the regulations, codes and policies to which the entity is subject, taking into account that it has officers responsible for the control functions in its operating and administration areas, all in accordance with the definition set forth in Communication “A” 5201 where the relevant Corporate Governance Committee ensures that the entity has available the adequate means to promote decision making and compliance with the internal and external regulations. O. Review and Report on Corporate Governance.

With the purpose of continuing its experience as a financial institution recognized by the community in different social aspects, Banco Hipotecario shall review and assess from time to time the application of its Corporate Governance policies and whether they are aimed at complying with the interest of relevant third parties in a reasonable manner, including, for example, shareholders, depositors, employees, customers, suppliers and the community. In order to evidence the result of the assessment performed, the Company shall issue a report, which according to the provisions of the CNV’s Resolution 606/2012, shall be enclosed to the annual report and among other aspects, shall report the degree of compliance with different aspects of the Corporate Governance Code, namely:

a) scope of application: (1) issuer – economic group relationship, (2) incorporation of the corporate governance code’s provisions to the company’s by-laws.

b) The Board of Directors in general: (1) responsible for the company’s strategy, (2) management control,

(3) internal information and control – risk management, (4) audit committee, (5) number of Board members, (6) composition of the Board of Directors, (7) membership in different companies, (8) assessment of the Board of Directors’ performance, (9) training and development of Directors.

c) Directors’ independence: (1) independent Directors; (2) appointment of executive managers, (3)

proportion of independent Directors, (4) meeting of independent Directors.

d) relationship with shareholders: (1) information to the shareholders, (2) treatment of inquiries and questions of shareholders, (3) participation of minority shareholders in the company’s shareholders’ meetings, (3) control market, (4) dividend policy.

e) relationship with the community: (1) communication via Internet, (2) website’s requirements.

f) Committees: (1) audit committee chaired by an independent auditor, (2) rotation of statutory auditors and/or external auditors; (3) statutory auditor and auditor’s dual position, (4) compensation systems, (5) committee of appointments and corporate governance, (6) non-discrimination policy in the composition of the Board of Directors.

Page 70: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 70

This Code shall be updated at least once a year if required and mainly in accordance with the dynamics and evolution of the legislation on the subject and pursuant to the results obtained during its development and the recommendations made on the best practices of Corporate Governance adapted to its social reality. In addition, this report on the Corporate Governance Code shall be reviewed by the Entity’s Supervisory Committee, as set forth in the CNV rules. P. Relationship of the Company with its Subsidiaries.

P.1. Supervision and Coordination Structure.

In order for the Board of Directors and the Senior Management of Banco Hipotecario to comply with the responsibilities assigned to them by the laws in force, the Corporate Supervision and Coordination Structure which is applicable to the subsidiaries companies as well is defined below. Level 1: Board of Directors of each Company. Level 2: Executive Committee of Banco Hipotecario. Level 3: Senior Management: General Management of each Company or officer with similar powers. This structure allows the Board of Directors of each Company:

a) To review from time to time the general business strategies and policies in force, including those related to risks and the determination of its acceptable levels.

b) To control that managers take the necessary steps in order to identify, assess, monitor, control and

mitigate the risks assumed. In turn, this structure helps the Senior Management of each Company, among other aspects, to implement the strategies and policies approved by its relevant Board of Directors, develop processes aimed at identifying, assessing, monitoring, controlling and mitigating the risks incurred by the entity, implement appropriate systems of internal control and monitor the effectiveness thereof, reporting the achievement of goals to the Board of Directors on a periodical basis. P.1.a. Supervision of Subsidiaries.

Once the Purposes, Policies, Strategies, Business Plans and Budget of each subsidiary are defined by its Board of Directors; and approved by the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario, they are sent out from the Boards of Directors to the different organizational levels of each Company. The purpose thereof is to ensure that the operation of the business flow within the approved guidelines:

a) respecting the risk levels assumed by the group.

b) respecting the necessary safety levels in order to ensure the achievement of defined goals.

c) protecting the interests of Banco Hipotecario’s depositors, and

d) protecting the interests of shareholders and other relevant third parties. P.1.b. Internal Supervision and Coordination Mechanisms.

For the purposes of reviewing on a periodical basis goals, strategies and general business plans, compliance with the budget and policies of each subsidiary, and in order for managerial positions to take the necessary steps in order to identify, assess, control and mitigate the risks assumed, the following supervision and/or coordination mechanism is defined and/or proposed:

Page 71: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 71

P.1.b.1. The functional management divisions of each company of the group shall be responsible for obtaining, analyzing, consolidating and filing management information corresponding to its scope of application with its relevant Senior Management on a monthly basis. This information shall clearly and precisely expose the degree of compliance and/or deviation as regards compliance with the guidelines defined in due course by the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario (Purposes, Policies, Strategies, Business Plans, Budget). Should there be any deviation or risk, they shall be duly justified so as to be able to identify causes and propose the relevant mitigating actions. P.1.b.2. The Senior Management of each company shall prepare an Executive Report with the most relevant information filed by each functional management division. Then, it shall file the Executive Report with its respective Board of Directors for its review. P.1.b.3. The Board of Directors of each company shall evaluate said Executive Report and in view of the results obtained, it shall take such measures as may be necessary to correct the detected deviations and mitigate the identified risk. For such purpose, the Board of Directors shall instruct the Senior Management in order for it to adjust the strategies and policies in force, modify processes and improve internal control systems.

P.1.c. Supervision and Coordination Mechanisms of Subsidiaries As regards subsidiaries’ supervision and control, the Board of Directors and the Senior Management of Banco Hipotecario shall mainly focus on the following axes, even though they may require additional information on other areas of the business:

• Business Strategical Plan of each subsidiary.

• Budget of each subsidiary, and

• General policies and guidelines applicable to the subsidiaries, including becoming aware of such companies’ corporate governance policies.

In order to exercise this supervision and coordination task with respect to Subsidiaries, both the Board of Directors and the Senior Management of Banco Hipotecario shall take into account two sources of information, one internal and another external. P.1.c.1. Internal information As concerns the three axes of Supervision and Control of Subsidiaries mentioned herein, the Senior Management of each company shall provide the General Management of Banco Hipotecario with Monthly Executive Management Reports that allow to evaluate degrees of progress, deviations from planning and identify risks. Based on these reports, the Senior Management of Banco Hipotecario shall monitor compliance with the Business Plans, Budget and Policies applicable to subsidiaries, and individual and consolidated compliance with technical regulations and prudential rules issued by the Argentine Central Bank. Should the Senior Management detect any deviation, risk or improvement opportunity, it shall propose correcting measures aimed at overcoming the problems detected and improving the performance of subsidiaries in particular and of the group in general, reporting to the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario in order for it to take the relevant measures. P.1.c.2. External information On the other hand, the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario, with the prior opinion of the General Management, shall evaluate the Executive Report to be filed by the Board of Directors of each subsidiary on a

Page 72: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 72

monthly basis, review the actions taken for the purposes of correcting any detected deviations and mitigating the risks identified. In addition, it shall cross-check this information with that obtained according to the preceding paragraph, and if deemed necessary, it shall propose supplementary actions aimed at ensuring the achievement of the proposed goals for each subsidiary and at group level. P.1.d. Corporate Audit

The purpose of Corporate Audit is to verify compliance with the Policies, external and internal Rules, other regulations applicable to all the companies of the group, and to identify any risk in the strategical and/or relevant businesses and processes. This function shall cover all the companies of the group and shall functionally depend on the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario. For the purposes of achieving the intended goal, the Corporate Audit division shall design, validate and perform an Annual Audit Plan over all the Group’s companies and the result thereof shall be presented to the Board of Directors of the audited companies, Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors as main responsible for the correct operation of the group and to the Audit Committee.

P.1.e. Annual Approval of the Business Plan and Budget One of the main axes of subsidiaries’ Supervision and Coordination is composed of the following pillars:

• Business Plan, and

• Budget. Each subsidiary shall prepare on an annual basis the Business Plan to be executed the next year, and the Budget supporting the development of the planned business. Both shall be prepared in compliance with the general guidelines set forth by Banco Hipotecario, as the reference point of the economic group. Both the Business Plan and the Budget of each Subsidiary shall be approved by: First: the Board of Directors of the relevant Subsidiary. Second: the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario. Each company shall establish non-formal interim review stages prior to the approval of each Board of Directors. In turn, the Business Plans and Budgets may be subject to such reviews during the year as any of the Board of Directors mentioned above may deem it appropriate. Once these pillars are approved, both shall operate as the principal measures to determine the adequate performance of Subsidiaries in particular and the group in general.

P.2. Responsible of Relationships.

The General Manager of Banco Hipotecario shall keep in contact with the Senior Management of subsidiaries in order to coordinate the implementation of the Strategical Business Plan, the Budget, and the General Policies and Guidelines approved by Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors.

Page 73: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 73

In view of the foregoing, they shall meet on a monthly basis and shall summon the general managers of Banco Hipotecario and its subsidiaries and discuss specific guidelines on the size, complexity and assessment of financial and economic risks. Once implemented, they shall continue with the meetings in order to keep adjusting the strategies and policies in force by developing changes to the processes and implementing improvements to the systems. The Executive Committee of Banco Hipotecario shall be responsible for supervising the management of subsidiaries, pursuant to the power set forth in the By-laws, in order for it to become aware of the decisions adopted thereby with respect to the business plan, the budget and the policies and so as to report its results to the Board of Directors. Should it be detected or identified that any of the decisions taken implies a financial/economic risk for the subsidiary, a report shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for its review and discussion. Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors shall be responsible for implementing an information channel with the Boards of Directors of subsidiaries through the coordination of monthly or quarterly meetings so as to control and monitor the management of the economic-financial risk of the group Companies and so as to ensure compliance with the corporate policies.

P.3. Corporate Policies

The definition of corporate policies shall be in charge of Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors. When developing those policies, the Board of Directors takes into account the policies defined by the Board of Directors of each subsidiary and the companies of the group. The purpose thereof is to set guidelines to be followed in order to avoid taking economic-financial risks that may prejudice the entire group. Corporate Policies shall be applicable to Banco Hipotecario and its Subsidiaries as well. In accordance with the provisions of this Code, all the personnel of Banco Hipotecario and its subsidiaries shall be responsible for complying with the Corporate Policies defined by the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario.

P.4. Information and Reports.

Additionally to the duties mentioned in “Supervision and Coordination Mechanisms of Subsidiaries – Internal Information”, subsidiaries shall have available all such information as may be required to be filed with Banco Hipotecario, with their respective formats and with such frequency as may be agreed upon. P.5. Conflict Resolution.

As regards transactions or activities between companies of one same group, if the Senior Management areas of those companies are unable to reach an agreement in that respect, such conflict shall be escalated to a higher managerial level. Notice of the conflict shall be given to the General Managers and the Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario and the subsidiary, and a report indicating the managerial levels involved and a description of the issue shall be attached thereto. Thereafter, the escalation mechanisms for the resolution of conflicts shall start according to the level of authority set forth below: Level 1 of conflict resolution: Board of Directors of Banco Hipotecario. Level 2 of conflict resolution: Executive Committee of Banco Hipotecario. Level 3 of conflict resolution: Board of Directors of each Company.

Page 74: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 74

Level 4 of conflict resolution: Senior Management: General Management of each Company.

Page 75: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 75

EXHIBIT A

CODE OF ETHICS INTRODUCTION Banco Hipotecario S.A. is committed to conducting its business and social responsibility activities abiding by the highest ethical standards and endeavoring for efficiency, quality, unwavering effort and transparency in all its affairs. It is of the utmost importance that each member of Banco Hipotecario understands his/her responsibility in complying with the ethical standards and values upheld by the Bank. This Code of Ethics summarizes the general guidelines that must govern Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s behaviors as well as the behaviors of all of its members in the discharge of their functions and in their commercial and professional relations. No person, irrespective of the work performed or the office served in at the Bank, is empowered to draw exceptions to this Code of Ethics. Any deviation from these standards could leave the Entity outside its legitimate sphere of action thus exposing it to undesired situations in the ordinary course of business. Therefore, any breaches of this Code precepts could result in the relevant disciplinary actions, which go as far as dismissal and/or termination of the contractual relation without prejudice to the civil and/or criminal liability that could ensue. Should doubts arise concerning the words or the spirit of the Code of Ethics, they should be channeled through the immediate supervisor, Manager and/or the Manager in charge of the Organizational Development and Quality area. If necessary, the latter area shall request the involvement of the Legal Affairs department and/or the Audit department.

Page 76: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 76

CONTENTS

Statement of Principles. Ethics Committee. Treatment afforded BHSA employees and applicants. Safety in the workplace. Bank members with different abilities. Foundational Ethical Standards:

a) Honesty. b) Conflict of interest. c) Commercial Relations. d) Commercial practices, laws and other commercial rules and

regulations.

e) International transactions. f) Relations with customers, suppliers, sellers, agents, public

officials and government entities.

g) Entertainment. h) Political contributions. i) Purchase and sale of securities.

Confidentiality. Prevention of Money Laundering. Information Security. Transparency Line.

Page 77: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 77

Statement of Principles Banco Hipotecario S.A. (hereinafter “BHSA” or the Bank), demands from all of its members, irrespective of the functions discharged, the position occupied and/or the office, strict compliance with the rules detailed in this Code of Ethics (hereinafter, “the Code”). In addition, we expect all of the members of the Bank to comply with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to the businesses that BHSA conducts. As much as it is critical to BHSA success that it should provide high quality products and services, it is equally critical to conduct businesses taking into account the rules and regulations that guide us with integrity and mutual respect. By the same token, we must respect those with whom we do business on behalf of BHSA. Our customers, investors, suppliers, regulators as well as all of the members of the Bank, without exception, must place full reliance on our word and on our behavior. The reputation and integrity of the Bank must have absolute priority. BHSA’s Board aspires to comply strictly with the rules comprised in this Code and to cause others to comply with them as well. The Code applies throughout the Argentine territory but does not affect the enforcement of mandatory provisions in any jurisdiction. As soon as BHSA sees the need for it, it shall amend any of the precepts that make up this Code as required by changes in the legislation or in the circumstances. When faced with questions, feedback or suspicious of a breach of the precepts enshrined in this Code, the Manager shall submit them to the Manager in charge of the Organizational Development and Quality area who will immediately summon the Legal Affairs department and/or the Audit department. Ethics Committee

BHSA shall create and maintain an “Ethics Committee”. For increased effectiveness, the Committee shall operate in two different instances, as follows: (1) The first instance shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors elected for a minimum period of 2 years in so far as their mandate as Directors does not come to an end sooner. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members at least one Director with experience and knowledge of the subject. A majority of the Directors who are members of the Committee shall qualify as independent. This instance must assess all the cases involving members of the Board, of the office of the General Manager and of Department Managers. In addition, apart from its member Directors, the highest-ranking officer in the Organizational Development and Quality area shall participate in the Ethics Committee, and if deemed necessary in light of the matters to be dealt with, the highest-ranking officer in the Regulatory Compliance area may be also summoned. These two officers shall be entitled to voice their opinions but not to cast votes. (2) The second instance shall comprise the Manager in charge of the Organizational Development and Quality area, the Manager in charge of the Audit area, the General Manager and the Manager in charge of the Legal area, with the first acting as secretary to the committee. This second instance shall deal with the cases involving the members of the Bank that are not included in the preceding paragraph (1). Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Ethics Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

Page 78: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 78

In both instances, all types of decisions are to be adopted by a majority vote. The Ethics Committee shall hold meetings only in the event that reports related to the matters within its authority are filed and shall settle matters concerning the interpretation of this Code. In addition, the Ethics Committee may recommend improvements and must maintain the Board’s Audit Committee abreast of any observations arising from the application of this Code. BHSA’s employees may place their enquiries or reports about suspected deviations from the Code of Ethics directly with the Transparency Line in place to such end. The Ethics Committee shall treat all cases as confidential. Under no circumstances shall the Ethics Committee take measures against the person placing an enquiry or reporting, in good faith, a potential offence or abnormality which in that person’s opinion deviates from the precepts of this Code, the laws and regulations or any internal procedure of the Bank. Upon receiving a request, the procedures shall start to respond to the enquiries and/or to corroborate the reports. BHSA’s Board is intent on affording a formal treatment to all the enquiries and reports received and on settling them all. The final resolution shall be formally communicated through the channel deemed as fittest to each circumstance. Treatment afforded BHSA employees and applicants BHSA aspires to all its members being respectful of each other, observant of all the precepts comprised in this Code and abiding by all the applicable legislation and regulations. Therefore, any and all injurious expressions uttered by the Bank’s members, be them verbal or written, shall be regarded with disapproval and deemed as breaches of our Code of Ethics. BHSA prohibits child labor in its premises and it is bound by all human and civil rights and by all applicable labor legislation. The Bank demands that all of its units provide good conditions of hygiene and safety in the workplace and that all of its members receive all the benefits conferred under applicable legislation. BHSA seeks to recruit and hire job applicants and develop and retain employees irrespective of their age, color, disabilities, origin, marital status, race, religion, gender, sexual orientation or any other characteristic protected by the law. BHSA further aspires to provide equal opportunity when it comes to promotions and to maintain diversity in a workplace free from discrimination, harassment, bullying, threatening and retaliation. All recruitment decisions are based on the skills of the applicants and promotion decisions are based on the skills of an individual employee to the extent that such competencies are related to the position to be occupied and the tasks to be performed in particular. It is BHSA policy not to hire new recruits who are relatives of BHSA’s members or suppliers. The Organizational Development and Quality area shall evaluate, if necessary, exceptional cases of kinship relationships with BHSA members or suppliers. It is BHSA policy to admit to family ties with existing personnel or relationships established after joining BHSA. To prevent conflicts of interest between the functions performed by Bank employees in these situations at any particular point in time, all of BHSA employees must report to the Organizational Development and Quality area on any family relationship or cohabitation arrangement with other members of the Bank or with suppliers of the Bank. Bank members who have family ties or cohabit with other Bank members may not discharge duties entailing the supervision of one member by the other or those that may, in any way, adversely affect the Entity’s control environment.

Page 79: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 79

There is no area or department at the Bank authorized to hire personnel in its own name, irrespective of whether the recruitment is for permanent, temporary or contract-based positions or through staffing agencies. The Organizational Development and Quality area is the only area in the Bank empowered to do that. The Bank also prohibits HIV testing on any of its current or potential employees. BHSA extends the prohibition against discrimination, harassment, bullying, threats and retaliation to the sales reps, professionals and other suppliers of goods and services external to the Bank who interact with any of the Bank’s premises, either at BHSA’s Head Office or at its Contact Points. This policy applies to the workplace as well as to work-related environments, as would be the case of business trips, social events or meetings held outside the Bank premises though sponsored or authorized by BHSA or other occasions. All of BHSA employees must strive for a workplace free from discrimination, harassment, bullying, threatening and retaliation. BHSA encourages its members to report on these cases to the Ethics Committee. All situations shall be immediately and confidentially handled and the Bank member reporting on these situations shall be notified of the final resolution handed down in each case. Safety in the workplace

BHSA demands in all of its offices compliance with the applicable laws and regulations concerning health, safety and the well-being of their members and of other persons present in the Bank’s premises. Should a member of the Bank become aware of any actual or potential safety incident or if he/she harbored concerns in that respect, he/she must immediately notify such situation to its Supervisor/Leader or Manager, to the Organizational Development and Quality area or to the Manager in charge of Physical and Logical Safety and Security. BHSA does not tolerate threats (direct or indirect) of damages or any other behavior aimed at jeopardizing, intimidating or damaging persons or property nor any other specific behavior that bullies, interrupts or interferes with the work or the performance of another Bank member or that creates an intimidating, offensive or hostile labor environment. BHSA prohibits its members, contractors, sales reps, customers and visits from carrying weapons and other hazardous materials at any time whilst in the Bank’s premises or other properties, which include the parking spaces, and/or whilst conducting BHSA business and/or whilst taking part in social events or other occasions sponsored or authorized by the Bank. This rule applies to all of the Institution’s members (save for the authorized security personnel), contractors, sales reps and visits, whether or not they are licensed to carry firearms. Should any person learn of any incident involving an act of violence perpetrated or threatened, any threatening statement or behavior or the unauthorized possession of a weapon or another hazardous instrument, the person must immediately notify this situation to his/her Supervisor/Leader or Manager, to the Organizational Development and Quality area or to the Manager in charge of Physical and Logical Safety and Security. Bank members with different abilities BHSA complies with all the laws and regulations entitling individuals with different abilities to be provided with the space and comfort reasonable and necessary to perform their work in the workplace. If a member of BHSA believes that he/she needs differential spaces or amenities, he/she must inform his/her Supervisor/Leader or Manager or the Organizational Development and Quality area of this situation. Foundational Ethical Standards

BHSA demands that all its members adhere to the highest ethical standards in all the businesses and affairs relating to BHSA, that they avoid conflicts at all times and that they uphold the reputation and integrity of the

Page 80: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 80

Bank. Furthermore, BHSA demands that all its members comply with all applicable laws and regulations in the performance of their activities. a) Honesty BHSA forges business and other relations, and maintains communications, with customers, investors, suppliers, sales representatives, governmental authorities and other entities and individuals throughout Argentina and abroad. In all their interaction and communications with these parties or groups, BHSA members must: I- Always act sincerely. Abstain from tendering dishonest or false statements or misleading statements to deceive or misinform. If under the impression that what has been said has been misinterpreted, BHSA members must immediately rectify their statements. II- Always respond expeditiously and accurately to all requests of information or of documents from any governmental organization and previously inform the Legal Department of any such request to make sure that the Bank’s responses are in agreement with legal requirements and that BHSA’s rights and resources are protected. III- Previously agree with the Department of Institutional and Community Relations on any public statements requested by the media. Any statements by the media must be addressed to the Department of Institutional and Community Relations as well. IV- BHSA members shall never tender false, misleading or pejorative statements about competitors and their products or services. Instead, BHSA members must emphasize with accuracy and truthfulness the advantages of the products and services of BHSA. V- Uphold the same honesty principle in all of the Bank’s internal communications and record keeping. The forgery, alteration or unauthorized destruction of documents, or the misstatement of information, provided or requested by the Bank or on its behalf for any purpose whatsoever (or required by law or by any BHSA policy or which BHSA’s legal counsel indicates that must be retained) could result in the imposition of relevant disciplinary actions, including dismissal and/or termination of the contractual relationship. b) Conflict of interest BHSA members must stay clear of situations in which their personal interests could conflict with the Bank’s businesses. Therefore, BHSA members are prohibited from acquiring ownership interests, be them direct or indirect, in the businesses of customers, advisors, suppliers or competitors of BHSA unless such ownership interest is disclosed to the Ethics Committee and is approved by this Committee. This restriction does not apply to the holdings in mutual funds or the possession of nominal quantities of shares in publicly listed companies. The members of the organization may not conduct in their own names transactions with the Bank’s customers when these transactions are a part of the Bank’s habitual activities or business (for instance, purchases and sales of foreign currency). Neither may the organization’s members borrow money from the Bank’s customers or lend them money in their own names. The members of the Bank may not perform tasks, work for, or render services to, or for the benefit of, companies that are now BHSA competitors or that could become BHSA competitors. The members of BHSA may not perform professional activities, or activities additional to those conducted by the Bank to the extent that this entails a direct or indirect conflict of interest with BHSA. The members of BHSA may not undertake labor activities in addition to those performed at the Bank within working hours or use Bank property or services to this end. No Bank member is allowed to copy for himself or for BHSA printed material or of software applications that are protected by copyright or intellectual property rights and/or under license agreements.

Page 81: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 81

Bank members are prohibited from owning interests as partners or shareholders in companies that provide services to BHSA and from working as sales representatives for said companies, unless such situation is reported to the Ethics Committee and it is previously approved by the Ethics Committee. c) Commercial Relations BHSA members are prohibited from forging business relations on behalf of BHSA with their immediate family members (including spouses, life partner, grandparents, parents, siblings, children, grandchildren, uncles and aunts, nieces and nephews of the Bank member; the grandparents, parents, siblings, children, grandchildren, uncles and aunts, nieces and nephews of the spouse or life partner of the Bank member) and they are equally prohibited from doing business with companies in which the Bank member or a close relative of his/her has a substantial ownership interest or financial ties unless such relationship has been previously reported to the Ethics Committee and it has been approved by the Ethics Committee. Employees must inform the Ethics Committee and/or consult with it in the event of a conflict of interest or of doubt about whether the situation or transaction entails an actual or apparent conflict of interest. d) Commercial practices, laws and other commercial rules and regulations BHSA expects the whole organization to be fully compliant with all the applicable laws and regulations, including antitrust legislation or laws enacted to prevent unethical businesses, unfair competition and/or misleading advertising. BHSA members are prohibited from communicating and/or undertaking joint action with its competitors in order to fix or restrict prices or price competition, divide territories for selling purposes, allocate markets, unduly manipulate bids, boycott third parties and in any other way unlawfully restrict or eliminate competition. Neither may BHSA members engage in false or misleading advertising or in any other unlawful or unethical commercial practices. In case of doubt about whether a given commercial practice, communication or advertisement is compliant with this Code, the Bank’s members must consult with the Ethics Committee. e) International transactions

Many countries apply controls and/or prohibit certain international transactions relating to exports, imports, re-exports and disclosure of technical data to foreign persons. BHSA members must observe all the legislation applicable in the matter. Failure to comply with the legislation and regulations may result in the imposition on BHSA of severe criminal, civil and/or administrative sanctions and/or result in the attribution of legal liability to the Bank member, which may in turn lead to the imposition of the relevant disciplinary action, which may go as far as dismissal and/or termination of the contractual relationship. Prior to conducting an international transaction, BHSA members must make sure that it is in compliance with all the applicable laws and regulations. The Bank members wishing to make an enquiry about the legality of an activity or transaction in particular must submit the enquiry to the Ethics Committee. f) Relations with customers, suppliers, sellers, agents, public officials and government entities Interactions with existing and/or potential suppliers, sales representatives, customers, agents, public officials and others must be inspired by transparency, honesty and observance of all the laws, applicable regulations and this Code. The members of BHSA are prohibited from delivering anything of value (including gifts, loans, entertainment, promises of future employment or other transfers of goods and/or services) to BHSA’s current or future

Page 82: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 82

customers, suppliers and/or sellers as an incentive to obtain or keep businesses or obtain preferential treatment. Particular care is to be exercised when relating to and interacting with government authorities and/or public officials who interact with BHSA, avoiding all attitudes that could be interpreted as actions or omissions aimed at wielding influence on any official action or at receiving differential treatment. The only corporate gifts permitted on behalf of the Bank shall be authorized by the Manager in charge of the relevant area or by the Manager in charge of the Department of Institutional and Community Relations. The members of BHSA are prohibited from accepting anything of value (including gifts, loans, entertainment, promises of future employment or other transfers of goods and/or services) –both directly and indirectly- from either sellers, suppliers or possible suppliers, customers, any involved entity or individual or anybody looking to do business with BHSA, or from any entity in which BHSA has an ownership interest as such acceptance could give the impression that the grantor is receiving or will receive favorable prices, terms, conditions or another preferential treatment from BHSA. The members of BHSA are only allowed to accept training courses given by suppliers when they relate to the Bank’s activities, as well as corporate gifts with a small monetary value (for instance, calendars, diaries, pens, to name but a few) and subject to a maximum monetary value as periodically established and communicated by the Ethics Committee. Neither may the members of BHSA take part in contests or incentive programs sponsored by sellers, suppliers or possible suppliers, customers, any involved entity or individual or anybody looking to do business with BHSA in exchange for, or based on, preferential treatment. This is inclusive of all payments, gifts or prizes from third parties granted directly or indirectly even when this were permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Sales of property to governmental agencies are regulated by the laws. The members of BHSA taking part in sales to governmental customers must make sure that such transactions comply with all the rules and regulations applicable in the matter. g) Entertainment In the conduct of business, the members of BHSA may take part in entertainment activities with customers, suppliers and other parties outside the work environment. In all these cases, the entertainment activities are to be appropriately undertaken and comply with all the applicable laws and regulations and the principles arising from this Code. All the expenses must be documented and, following the Representation Expenses Policy, it is only original receipts that must be submitted. h) Political Contributions BHSA abides by all the laws and regulations that limit, or in any other way govern, contributions to political parties or candidates. The use of properties, premises or other assets of the Bank in activities that may be directly or indirectly tied to the objectives pursued by political parties or candidates is strictly prohibited. It is at the sole criterion of the Bank’s Board that funds may be applied, or contributions made, to causes that could be either directly or indirectly related to the activities and objectives of political parties or candidates. i) Purchase and sale of securities The laws that govern the issuance and trading of securities admitted to Public Offering prohibit the employees of the issuers whose shares or debt securities are listed on the Stock Exchange –as is the case with BHSA- from disclosing and/or purchasing and/or selling securities based on Inside Information. BHSA policy also prohibits such behaviors. Inside Information also refers to non-public material information about BHSA and its businesses or the acquisitions it plans to conduct. Non-public information acquired in the performance of activities at BHSA must be always treated as confidential. If a member of the Bank were to acquire non-public information, the

Page 83: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 83

member must abstain from purchasing or selling securities based on that information (not even in the case of the employee already owning shares and/or bonds of a particular issuer). Neither may the employee share the information with anybody else, including his/her co-workers. Any BHSA member who has purchased or sold securities based on inside information or who has violated other legal provisions, whether or not prosecuted, could be susceptible to immediate dismissal and an actions for any damages caused by such instances of insider trading. Confidentiality BHSA is fully committed to the principle of full, accurate and correct disclosure of its situation in the local and international capital markets. The Bank applies this policy for the benefit of its shareholders and also in compliance with the rules in force in the stock exchanges and the laws governing these markets as well as those regulating the issuance, offering and trading of securities. To be continuously compliant with such public disclosure duty, Banco Hipotecario has strived to:

• Implement strict procedures and legal reviews geared towards the early identification of occurrences that must be publicly disclosed to the market and to the relevant control authorities.

• Ensure accuracy in the accounting records and the adequate operation of the procedures and controls in place which, together, constitute the Entity’s control environment, with this being equally reviewed by the Internal Audit and the Board’s Audit Committee.

• Establish procedures to be followed at regular intervals for adequately preparing and distributing to the public reports and press releases, with these authorized channels being able to convey Banco Hipotecario’s confidential information.

The disclosure of Banco Hipotecario’s confidential relevant information by a member of the organization may have severe legal consequences and/or inflict serious damage on the Bank, its shareholders and third parties. All of the Bank’s members must treat the information that has not yet been publicly disclosed as strictly confidential, making their best efforts to avoid disclosures, be them voluntary or not. Confidential information is the information that includes non-public details about the Bank or a customer or a provider and which would be useful to a competitor for preparing business strategies or which would be important to an investor for making a decision to buy, hold on to or sell securities issued by the Bank, a customer or a supplier. This information must be carefully safeguarded and disclosed only to the member of the Bank who needs to know it in order to discharge functions related to the deal or the proceedings. To discharge the mission with which they have been entrusted, it is highly likely that BHSA members should have or gain access to confidential information or inside information about the Bank, other members of the Organization, customers or suppliers. Such information might include the development of products, lists of customers, business, marketing or acquisition strategies, the employees’ personal details and other information that is confidential or competitively sensitive. The unauthorized disclosure of said confidential information might adversely affect BHSA’s businesses and/or cause the organization member who discloses it to incur legal liability. In particular, whilst in possession of confidential information that is relevant to securities trading, none of the following behaviors shall be accepted, either from the members of the organization themselves or from third parties on their behalf:

• To prepare, facilitate, take part in or conduct market transactions of any sort involving the securities, futures or options to which the information refers.

• Communicate such information to third parties, except in the ordinary course of their work, exercise of their professions, service in office or discharge of functions.

• Recommend to a third party to acquire or dispose of securities, futures or options or to have others acquire or dispose of them based on that information (General Resolution 368/01).

• Purchase or sell Company securities, including options to buy or sell said securities, in their own names and/or participating through third parties.

• Transmit BHSA confidential information to another person, save in the normal conduct of their work, practice of their professions, service in office or discharge of functions.

Page 84: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 84

• Recommend to a third party to acquire or dispose of securities, futures or options or to have others acquire or dispose of them based on the use of confidential information.

• Purchase or sell securities in another company whose value could be affected by measures taken by Banco Hipotecario that have not yet been publicly disclosed as well as options to buy or sell such securities.

The personal details obtained by BHSA about the Organization members shall also be confidential and will be subject to legal safeguards. The members of BHSA must respect the rights to privacy of others and they may not disclose any personal information about their co-workers, BHSA’s trade secrets and inside information and other details acquired in the course of their employment. Prevention of Money Laundering

BHSA designs the internal actions, measures and procedures required by the rules to combat the laundering of the proceeds from unlawful activities issued by the Argentine Central Bank, the Financial Information Unit (UIF) and by federal, provincial and municipal laws aimed at minimizing risks to the Bank (legal breaches, reputation risks, sanctions, fines, to name but a few). All of the Bank’s members, irrespective of their hierarchy, must be familiar with, understand, develop, comply with the Anti-Money Laundering Policy, keep it updated, aspire to the solid application of the “Know Your Client” standard and see to it that sufficient resources are allocated to the implementation of the relevant prevention and control actions, receiving training and then training the organization members accordingly. All of BHSA members are obligated to: (I) Report to the Anti-Money Laundering Department on all the transactions that they consider to be unusual, accompanying the relevant background information and (ii) maintain reserve and cooperate with the proceedings undertaken in that respect. These proceedings are to be governed by professional criteria, staying clear at all times of personal considerations. Information Security Password-aided identification is equal to a person’s signature. Any transaction conducted through the use of a personal password shall be recorded as conducted by the user to whom the use of such password has been allocated. The identity of those who operate information systems is preserved in audit records. Passwords are private, confidential and non-transferable, with their holders being responsible for preventing their disclosure. Under no circumstances may they relay these passwords to others, even if a supervisor so demands. The shared use of an access password by a group of persons or by a sector is prohibited and it constitutes a severe breach. Users must:

• Immediately change the password initially allocated by Information Security entering another known only to the user.

• Upon entering any system, provide their user names and their secret access password. • Change their passwords every 30 days or when the system so requires.

• In the event of doubt or suspicion of another person being aware of the password, users must change the password even before the expiration of the 30 day-period.

• Close users’ sessions as soon as they are done with the use of the PC terminal. Under no circumstances may this step be omitted because, if it is, another person could use the PC or the terminal with the previous user’s identification.

Both e-mail and the Internet are tools that BHSA provides to its workers for work purposes. 1. The transmission of massive, offensive or inappropriately worded e-mails is strictly prohibited.

Page 85: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 85

2. Communications channeled by e-mail shall only be considered to be truthful when they are endorsed by a “Digital Signature” with the objects and effects established in this respect in the respective Manual of Procedures. 3. The undue use of the Internet, as well as browsing sites offensive to BHSA’s norms and decency, is prohibited. Transparency Line BHSA’s employees may channel their enquiries and/or reports of possible breaches of the Code of Ethics directly through the Transparency Line in place to that end. The Transparency Line shall allow BHSA workers to warn about irregularities or situations adverse to an adequate ethical environment. Transparency Lines constitute a habitual practice, widespread all over the world as an aid to an organization’s internal controls and management. The Transparency Line is a channel for confidential communication so that the Bank’s employees have at their disposal, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, a confidential and safe means to anonymously report on incidents of corruption or situations adverse to an adequate ethical environment. These reports are directly relayed to the Ethics Committee, which will decide which actions to take. Workers play an authentically lead role in these reports because of their proximity to the information and it is for this reason that the Committee maintains such contacts confidential. The Transparency Line presently relies on two means of communication: I -Telephone: 0800 - 222 - 3368, toll-free II- e-mail: [email protected] In both cases, the Committee vouches for the transparency of the process and the anonymity of the reports for those who do not wish to identify themselves upon reporting an incident. Each case shall be confidentially treated by the Ethics Committee. Under no circumstances shall adverse measures be implemented against the person posing the enquiry or the person who in good faith reports suspicions of a potential crime or irregular situation in breach of the provisions laid down by this Code, a law, regulation or internal procedure at the Bank. After the request is received, the process required to respond to the enquiries and/or to corroborate the reports shall start. It is a declared objective of BHSA’s Board to afford a formal treatment to all the enquiries and reports received, adopting, in all cases, a resolution. This resolution shall be communicated through a formal response via the channel considered relevant in each case.

Page 86: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 86

EXHIBIT B

CODE OF BANKING PRACTICE

CONTENTS

PREFACE SECTION ONE: GENERAL PART CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION CHAPTER II: COMMITMENTS TO CUSTOMERS CHAPTER III: TRANSPARENT INFORMATION CHAPTER IV: CUSTOMER SERVICE CHAPTER V: CUSTOMERS’ COMPLAINTS CHAPTER VI: MONITORING CHAPTER VII: TREATMENT OF CUSTOMERS’ PERSONAL DATA CHAPTER VIII: UPDATES OF THE CODE SECTION TWO: PRODUCTS CHAPTER I: GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. Products: application and Agreement 1.1. Terms and Conditions of the Agreement 1.2. Amendments to the Agreement 1.3. Commitment to Customer Satisfaction 1.4. Deposit Guarantee 2. Product Operation 2.1. Interest, commissions and charges 2.2. Information to Customers 2.3. Safe Use of Magnetic Cards 2.4. Automatic Debit Service 2.5. Insurance 3. Product Protection 4. Service Cancellation 5. Non-Payment CHAPTER II: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. Checking Account and Check 1.1. Check Service 1.2. Overdraft Service 1.3. Debits 1.4. Absence of Movements in the Checking Account 2. Savings Account 2.1. Cash and Check Deposits 2.2. Closure of the Savings Account 3. Term Deposits 3.1. Term Deposit Set-up 3.2. Automatic Rollover 3.3. Matured Term Deposits 4. Loans in Installments 4.1. Obtaining a loan in installments 4.2. Amortization Systems

Page 87: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 87

4.3. Loan Repayment CONTENTS

5. Credit Card 5.1. Activating the Account 5.2. Purchase Financing Service 5.3. Debiting the Credit Card statement balance from the account 6. Electronic Funds Transfers 6.1. General Conditions SECTION THREE: MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING CHAPTER I: IMPLEMENTATION AND INTERNAL CONTROL 1. About the Adopting Institution 1.1. Compliance Officer 1.2. Report on Compliance 1.3. Corrective Action Plans CHAPTER II: MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING 1. Self-Regulation Board 1.1. Composition 1.2. Mission and functions 1.3. Control Mechanisms 1.4. Monitoring Powers 1.5. Non-Compliances 1.6. Sanctions 1.7. Notices 1.8. Section included for formal purposes only.

Page 88: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 88

PREFACE With all of the associations of banks and financial institutions of Argentina taking part in its preparation, this Code embodies a self-regulation initiative aimed at fostering the best banking practices in Argentina. We, the institutions that have voluntarily adopted this Code of Banking Practice, have done as much in the belief that by adopting this Code we will be helping to strengthen the rights of the users of financial services and products and to increase, at the same time, transparency in the information provided by the financial institutions to their customers and the ties between us, in our roles as providers of financial services and the communities where we operate. In this respect, we understand that the incorporation of a Code into financial activities will help consumer rights, which have only recently being recognized as such in our legislation, to further consolidate until they become a tradition that goes far beyond the legal framework that regulates them. This Code results from a meeting of the minds that recognizes that the relationships arising from the formation of banking contracts and transactions carry an ethical content that goes beyond formal commitments. We also believe that the conditions offered by a market economy where competition prevails constitute the most favorable context for the rights of customers to be fully protected. The adoption of the banking practices that supplement this preface serves as dynamic tool that will undoubtedly grow richer with the passage of time. Besides, this Code will be a distinctive mark of quality. The institutions that adopt the Code will be entitled to advertise this adoption and will be permitted to include the distinction conferred by the adoption of this Code in all their communications. Measures have been taken for the observance of this Code to be permanently monitored by both the institution itself through a Compliance Officer and by an independent body, namely, the Self-Regulation Board, which will represent the interests of the banking industry vis-á-vis application of the Code. Repeated breaches of Code provisions will result in the breaching institution losing its capacity as Adopter institution. SECTION ONE: GENERAL PART CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION 1.1. The Code of Banking Practice (hereinafter, “the Code”) shall apply to the financial institutions of the Argentine Republic that have adhered to the Code (hereinafter, the “Adopters”). The aim pursued by the Code is to lay down benchmarks for the relationships between Customers and the Adopters in the supply of the banking services inherent in Individual Banking. For purposes of this Code, the term “Customer” refers to individuals, irrespective of their activities, who use the services of an Adopter, irrespective of whether the individual acts in his/her own name or on behalf of another individual. 1.2. The application of this Code shall be oriented by the commitment assumed by Adopters to use the code for improving transparency in the information provided to customers and the quality of banking services. 1.3. The Code establishes a general standard of good banking practices that the Adopters must observe. However, this circumstance is no obstacle to permanent improvement in the levels of transparency and quality of the services that this Code aspires to promote amongst its Adopters and neither does it prevent such institutions from individually adopting in the future commitments that surpass those established in the Code.

Page 89: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 89

1.4. The adoption of this Code embodies the Adopter’s commitment to adapt its behaviors to the rules prescribed by the Code and to comply with faithfulness and loyalty the obligations herein assumed for the benefit of the Customer. Additionally, the Code aspires to provide guidance to customers by informing them on how Adopters are expected to act in connection with the products and/or services acquired, both in terms of supply of services and complaint handling. 1.5. The adoption of this Code seeks to serve as a distinction of quality for the Adopters and Customers must be encouraged to verify whether their financial institutions have adopted the Code, irrespective of said financial institution being a commercial bank, an investment bank, a mortgage bank, a financial institution, a savings and loan association or a credit union. 1.6. Although the spirit of the Code applies to banking operations overall, this Code comprises the following products and services: 1.6.1. Checking Accounts; 1.6.2. Savings Accounts; 1.6.3. Term Deposits; 1.6.4. Loans in Installments, secured and/or unsecured; 1.6.5. Credit Card; and 1.6.6. Electronic Funds Transfers. 1.7. Adoption of this Code by the financial institutions entails acceptance of and compliance with the Rules for Adoption and Withdrawal laid down in the Code Administration Rules issued by the Self-Regulation Board as defined and set forth in numeral 6.2. of this Section of the Code. 1.8. The Adopters shall take all necessary steps for their personnel to abide by this Code. 1.9. Inquiries into the identity of the financial institutions that have adopted this Code may be channeled through the Self-Regulation Board as defined and set forth in numeral 6.2. of this Code. 1.10. The financial institutions that adopt this Code shall by bound by it as from the date of adhesion. 1.11. The Adopters which, for any reason, revoke their adhesion, shall communicate such change to their Customers and shall remove any mention to their capacities as Adopters of this Code from any media used to sell and/or promote their products. CHAPTER II: COMMITMENTS TO CUSTOMERS 2.1. The commitments that the Adopters of this Code assume to their Customers are: 2.1.1. To act before the Customer with loyalty, diligence, fairness and transparency in connection with the products and services offered and/or acquired, in full compliance with the applicable statutory and regulatory provisions as well as with the principles laid down in this Code. 2.1.2. To inform Customers in a truthful, objective, adequate, complete and accurate manner about the operation of the products and services that the financial institution sells in order to make it easier for the customer to choose the product or service that will best meet the customer’s needs. 2.1.3.To diligently receive and respond to any complaint and/or claim posed by the Customers to the Adopter by providing systems to receive complaints and claims and have in place corrective mechanisms for adequate complaint handling.

Page 90: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 90

2.1.4. To publish the existence of this Code and to promote its dissemination in the communications with their Customers, providing copies on request. 2.1.5. To use clearly worded, easy-to-read clauses in the agreements made with Customers so as to facilitate the performance and interpretation of the agreements and to adequately harmonize the interests of both parties. 2.1.6. To honor the commitments assumed under the agreements with professionalism, good faith, diligence, loyalty and probity. CHAPTER III: TRANSPARENT INFORMATION 3.1. In promoting financial products and services through communications or offerings addressed to the general public, the Adopters must accurately and clearly inform the term of validity of the offering, as well as its modalities, conditions or limitations and provide any other detail as necessary for those interested to understand them better. 3.2. Upon contracting for a new product or service, the Adopters shall undertake to: 3.2.1. Transparently provide the Customers with clear and sufficient information about the products or services being offered. The information offered must contain the essential characteristics of each product or service and all the charges (interest, commissions, expenses, etc.) to be applied. In the case of Loans in Installments, the total financial cost must be informed as well. 3.2.2. Inform on the variations or modalities of the products and/or services being offered to the Customers, clarifying, as applicable, whether they are or not a suite of products and services and their scope. 3.2.3. Keep Customers informed about the type of information and documentation necessary to verify their identities, letting them know that such requirement is imposed by the laws and regulations that the Adopters must comply with and that it seeks to protect both the Customer and the Adopter. 3.2.4. Keep Customers informed about the basic requirements that the Adopter imposes on access to products or services, including the estimated response time when the approval is subject to the Adopter’s acceptance. 3.2.5. Let Customers know that, when applicable, information will be required from credit bureaus in order to assess potential customers’ credit history when a product is requested. 3.2.6. Keep Customers informed about the customer service alternatives for the different products and services (for instance, Internet, telephone, branches, etc.). 3.2.7. Keep Customers informed of the cases in which certain features of the product or service originally contracted could be reduced, restricted, cancelled or not renewed by the Adopter, in so far as any such change were due to a legal provision or had been contractually stipulated. CHAPTER IV: CUSTOMER SERVICE 4.1. The Adopters shall offer Customer Service lines to deal with any inquiries that the customer may wish to make. 4.2. Access to such help alternatives may be in person, in writing, by telephone or through the Internet when this latter channel is available. 4.3. The functions of customer service lines include the clarification of any doubts that the customers may have, including, without limitation, matters concerning the provisions of this Code.

Page 91: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 91

CHAPTER V: CUSTOMERS’ COMPLAINTS 5.1. The Adopters shall inform about all the channels available for serving customers and for handling complaints. 5.2. The Adopters shall handle customers’ complaints diligently according to the circumstances in each case. 5.3. Should Customers wish to file a complaint, they could do so personally, by telephone or by mail. Complaints may also be filed through the Internet site or by e-mail if the Adopter has in place customer service channels for receiving complaints. 5.4. The Adopters shall record Customers’ complaints in order to facilitate their follow-up and they shall provide a code for identifying the complaint. 5.5. Unless a legal provision lays down a different term, within thirty (30) running days as from the moment a complaint is received, the Adopters must (i) have the final response to the complaint filed; or (ii) if unable to provide a final response at the expiration of said term, they shall communicate, with proper grounds, the extension of the above-mentioned term, which may not be in excess of twenty (20) running days. When the response is negative, the Adopter shall notify the Customer through the fittest channel. The above-mentioned terms shall be no obstacle to the Adopter conveying a final response in the shortest term possible in view of the possibilities of communicating with the Customer, the location of its domicile and the distance to the location where the complaint was filed. 5.6. The Adopters undertake to constantly supervise the status of the complaints filed in order to ensure prompt responses. CHAPTER VI: MONITORING 6.1. The Adopters shall designate a Compliance Officer for this Code. This officer shall be responsible for supervising observance of the Code provisions (the “Compliance Officer”).

6.1.1. The Compliance Officer shall be entrusted with the duty to supervise that his/her institution should comply

with the provisions of this Code and he/she must report to the Adopter’s Board. 6.1.2. Through its Compliance Officer, the Adopter will issue an annual statement of compliance with the banking practices arising from this Code (the “Statement of Compliance”). 6.1.3. The Adopters will communicate to the Self-Regulation Board the name of the Compliance Officer and

his/her contact details.

6.2. Compliance with the provisions of this Code shall also be externally overseen by the Self-Regulation Board (the “Self-Regulation Board”). 6.2.1. The domicile of the Self-Regulation Board shall be, indistinctly, that of any of the four banking associations (the Association of Banks of the Argentine Republic [ABA – Asociación de Bancos de la Argentina]; the Association of Private and State-run Banks of the Argentine Republic [ABAPPRA – Asociación de Bancos Públicos y Privados de la República Argentina]; the Association of Specialized Banks [ABE – Asociación de la Banca Especializada] and the Association of Private Banks with ADEBA – Asociación de Bancos Privados de Capital Argentino), where all notices served shall be deemed to be received. These domiciles shall be published at the Adopters’ premises. 6.2.2. Once designated, the members of the Self-Regulation Board must issue the Code Administration Rules. 6.3. Section Three of the Code deals in detail with all the matters concerning compliance with its provisions.

Page 92: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 92

CHAPTER VII: TREATMENT OF CUSTOMERS’ PERSONAL DATA 7.1. At all times, even when the relationship with the Customer has ceased, the Adopters shall treat customers’ personal information with the utmost prudence and confidentiality in the terms and with the scope of the banking secrecy contemplated by the Law of Financial Institutions and in line with the Law for the Protection of Personal Data. 7.2. Confidential information may only be disclosed to third parties if the Adopter were legally obligated to do so or if there were an express authorization or request on the part of the Customer. To this end, the suppliers of the Adopter who may take part in its processes will not be deemed to be third parties and they shall, instead, be under a duty to maintain the secrecy of the information of which they become aware as if they were the Adopter itself. 7.3. When contact with Customers takes place via the telephone, the Adopters shall specify if there is the possibility that the conversation is being recorded. CHAPTER VIII: UPDATES OF THE CODE 8.1. This Code shall be updated at intervals not in excess of three (3) years, with the first update taking place in a term not in excess of one (1) year as from the moment the code comes into force. These updates shall be proposed by the Self-Regulation Board and they shall require the approval from all of the associations of financial institutions. 8.2. In order to make the relevant updates, the Self-Regulation Board shall take into consideration the suggestions made by the Customers, the Adopters, the associations of financial institutions and non-governmental organizations- SECTION TWO: PRODUCTS CHAPTER I: GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. Products: application and agreement 1.1. Terms and Conditions of the Agreement 1.1.1. In response to applications for products, Adopters shall inform all those interested of the relevant terms and conditions, including: 1.1.1.1. All of the costs of the product contracted; 1.1.1.2. The guidelines governing interest rate variations in the case of floating interest rates; and 1.1.1.3. The term estimated for acceptance or rejection of the application filed. 1.1.2. When it comes to credit products, the Adopter shall clarify that compliance by the borrower with its duties to the institution may be informed, as permitted by currently applicable laws and regulations, to any of the credit bureaus, run by the State or private, rendering services to the Adopters. In addition, the Adopters undertake to inform Customers at the time of the loan application that they are entitled to access the credit information about them at the Financial System Debtor Center and they must also explain to customers how to access this center. In the event of falseness or error, the Customer is entitled to request the entity generating such information to suppress, amend or update the erroneous information. 1.1.3. All of the terms and conditions of the agreement shall be agreed by any legal means currently in force and they will stipulate the rights and responsibilities clearly and accurately.

Page 93: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 93

1.1.4. The Adopter undertakes to make available a copy of the agreement made between the parties to the Customer at the time of the agreement or as soon as possible. 1.1.5. The institutions that adopt the Code shall make sure that the agreements for the products covered by the Code, as well as their terms and conditions should abide by all the rules and regulations currently associated to them. As regards agreements made before the coming into force of this Code, and in the event of any of its clauses failing to comply with currently applicable laws and regulations, the Adopter undertakes not to abide by that clause. 1.2. Amendments to the Agreement 1.2.1. In the case of agreements for indefinite periods of time, Adopters agree that in so far as there is prior consent, any changes to the agreement required during its effective term and performance shall be communicated at least sixty (60) days in advance. 1.2.2. Those Customers who do not accept the amendment to the contract shall be entitled to terminate the agreement with no additional cost. Said power may be exercised within the term indicated in the preceding paragraph. 1.2.3. Also in the hypothesis described in the preceding paragraph, Adopters shall make their best efforts to offer alternative products to the Customers. 1.3. Commitment to Customer Satisfaction

1.3.1. If the Customer were not satisfied with the choice of his/her Checking Account, Savings Account or Credit

Card, he/she may rescind the agreement within thirty (30) running days as from its opening or grant with no additional charge by the Adopter. 1.4. Deposit Guarantee 1.4.1. In entering into an agreement for a Checking Account, Savings Account or Term Deposit, the Adopter agrees to inform the Customer of the scope of the coverage provided by the deposit guarantee system. 2. Product Operation 2.1. Interest, commissions and charges 2.1.1. The Adopter shall not apply interest, commission or charges if they have not been previously agreed with the Customer and only if they apply to services actually rendered or agreed. 2.1.2. Neither shall Adopters communicate the costs of the products in a manner such that the information provided could be misleading or incomplete for Customers. 2.1.3. If the interest rate agreed upon is variable, the Adopter agrees to:

• Base the variation in the interest rates on objective, public and well-known indices. • Inform changes to its Customers, clearly and in the media habitually used by the Customer; and • Explain during the selling process and in the application, the guidelines concerning interest rate

variations as well as the minimum and maximum variation limits, if any. 2.1.4. All the interest, commissions and/or expenses shall be clearly detailed in the statement of account or in the settlement practiced. 2.1.5. Adopters who authorize or allow the Customers to exceed the limits or the terms originally established or agreed must have previously communicated to the Customers the additional costs that such situations may cause.

Page 94: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 94

2.1.6. Adopters agree not to institute legal proceedings without previous demands of payment. 2.2. Information to Customers 2.2.1. Adopters agree to inform the rules and regulations governing cash transactions to the holder/s of the products. 2.2.2. Adopters agree to provide Customers with complete and timely information about the movements and balances in their products. 2.2.3. Adopters agree to include clear legends in the account statement and in all other written communications so as to allow the Customers to understand the items making up such statements. 2.2.4. Upon entering an agreement for a product, Customers will be informed of the periodicity with which they will receive the statements or settlement information concerning such product. 2.2.5. Adopters agree to send account statements or settlement information containing deadlines to the domicile indicated by the Customers sufficiently in advance for them to be received before the expiration of the deadline. 2.2.6. Adopters agree to offer to their Customers a remote attention service (via telephone and/or Internet, if in place) where they may enquire into the details, conditions and maturity dates for their products. 2.3. Safe Use of Magnetic Cards 2.3.1. Adopters agree to implement the safety measures necessary to guarantee the secrecy of the PIN (Personal Identification Number) that permits customers to use their debit and credit cards. 2.3.2. Adopters agree to provide their Customers with the relevant PIN (Personal Identification Number) in order to safeguard customers’ security. 2.3.3. Adopters agree to inform their Customers of the mechanisms available to allow them to choose or change their PINs. 2.3.4. To ensure proper use of automatic teller machines, Adopters shall provide their Customers with all the information they consider necessary about ATM use and they further agree to provide their customers, in addition to the magnetic card, with a leaflet containing the recommendations for proper ATM use emphasizing the importance of protecting the plastic card and of not disclosing the PIN. 2.3.5. Adopters agree to thoroughly inform their Customers of all the charges applicable on the use of automatic teller machines, clarifying the differences existing between the use of the institution’s own ATMs and the use of other entities’ ATMs. Besides, Adopters will see to it that the account statements should detail the charges for the use of automatic teller machines. 2.4. Automatic Debit Service 2.4.1. Adopters shall inform Customers about the operation of the automatic debit service and the steps to be taken to cancel it when Customers no longer need the service. 2.4.2. If the Customers requested, at their sole responsibility, a suspension in the automatic debit of third-party services one business day in advance, Adopters shall not debit said amounts from their accounts. 2.4.3. Adopters shall, within the following seventy-two (72) business hours, revert any automatic or direct debit from Customers’ accounts as collections in favor of third parties if Customers, at their sole responsibility,

Page 95: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 95

imparted instructions in that respect within thirty (30) days from the date of the debit, except in the cases in which the debit Originating Merchant were to oppose to that reversal and the amount of the reversal were in excess of $ 750. 2.5. Insurance 2.5.1. Adopters shall inform Customers of the charges, expenses and other features that Customers must pay for the insurance purchased. Adopters shall give Customers the option to choose between at least two (2) insurance companies. 3. Product Protection 3.1. At the time of the agreement, Adopters undertake to inform their Customers of the measures to be taken in order for the products being acquired to be well protected. 3.2. When the products are held by more than one holder or are to the order of more than one person, Adopters undertakes to adequately control the use of the signature in conformity with the modality agreed with the Customers. 3.3. As soon as Customers report the loss, theft or robbery of any instrument to access their products, Adopters shall immediately take all the relevant measures to prevent harmful consequences. In turn, Adopters shall inform Customers of the proceedings to be followed and filings to be made by reason of the loss, theft or robbery. 3.4. When the product incorporates coverage or insurance against loss, theft or robbery, Adopters undertake to provide Customers with the information relevant to its operation. 4. Service Cancellation 4.1. In those cases in which Adopters decide to cancel the service and terminate the agreement in line with contractual stipulations or as permitted by the law, they shall first communicate said decision to the Customers no less than ten (10) days in advance, except if a different term had been agreed upon or if a different term applied by operation of law. 4.2. When Adopters are prevented from continuing operating a product, they will endeavor to offer substitute alternatives to their Customers. 5. Non-Payment 5.1. Adopters agree to diligently inform Customers when the amounts they owe under their loans are not repaid and to be well-predisposed to an analysis of the instances of non-performance searching for alternatives for solving the situation posited. CHAPTER II: SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. Checking Account and Check 1.1. Check Service 1.1.1. Adopters shall render check services assuming responsibility for any undue payment. 1.1.2. Customers shall be informed, on request, about the clearing cycle applicable to the checks they deposit or present for payment, including the date when the funds shall be available in the account to be withdrawn or to be applied otherwise.

Page 96: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 96

1.1.3. Adopters agree to inform the checking account holders of dishonored checks, their causes, the legal consequences that non-sufficient funds cause, the charges and fees that will be collected, the debits for legal fines to be imposed as well as their inclusion in the Argentine Central Bank’s List of Dishonored Checks. 1.1.4. When Adopters corroborate, conclusively and undoubtedly, that there has been an erroneous disqualification and/or an undue inclusion in the Argentine Central Bank’s List of Dishonored Checks caused by an involuntary error on their part, they agree to remedy the situation as soon as possible. 1.2. Overdraft Service 1.2.1. Adopters agree to inform customers of the changes in the authorized overdraft limit. In the event of reductions, customers will be informed as soon as possible based on the date of expiration of the overdraft agreement. 1.3. Debits 1.3.1. Adopters shall abstain from debiting transactions that are not in agreement with the transactions currently conducted by the Customers, that have not been previously authorized by the Customers and/or contractually stipulated or imposed by the law, from the bank checking accounts. 1.4. Absence of Movements in the Checking Account 1.4.1. When there have been no movements in checking accounts for more than six (6) months other than debits for interest and fees, Adopters shall communicate such situation to the Customers. 2. Savings Account 2.1. Cash and Check Deposits 2.1.1. Adopters undertake to keep the holders informed of all the restrictions, be them temporary or permanent, on deposits of checks in Savings Accounts. 2.2. Closure of the Savings Accounts 2.2.1. When Adopters decide to close Savings Accounts and terminate the agreements, they will first communicate this decision to the Customers, at least thirty (30) days in advance, except if a longer term had been contractually stipulated. At the expiration of said period, Adopters may transfer the balances remaining in the account, if any, to a restricted balances account and inform the customers of the fees payable for that reason. 2.2.2. When the accounts go idle for more than 6 months, Adopters may proceed to close them following the procedure stipulated in 2.2.1. above. 2.2.3. When accounts carry a balance of zero (0) for more than 6 months, Adopters may close them, notifying such situation through a general public media. 3. Term Deposits 3.1. Term Deposit Set-up 3.1.1. Adopters shall very clearly state whether the Term Deposit agreement may be transferred by endorsement or not. Should early cancellations be allowed, the Customers shall be advised in due time. 3.1.2. Where the Customers and the Adopters agree on the creation of a Term Deposit with checks or other financial instruments such as certificates of deposit with other institutions, Adopters shall inform customers of

Page 97: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 97

the date when they are actually credited, and thus, when the Term Deposit is deemed to have been made and interest accrual starts. 3.2. Automatic Rollover 3.2.1. Adopters shall inform Customers on request on the operation of the Automatic Rollover service and how to cancel it at the customers’ discretion. 3.3. Matured Term Deposits 3.3.1. Should Customers fail to collect on their term deposits at maturity, within thirty (30) days after the maturity date, Adopters shall communicate such situation to the customers at the domicile they have indicated and they shall also refer to the availability of the funds. Should charges be imposed on the restricted balance account, this circumstance must be notified to the customers in the above-mentioned communication, with the relevant debit being applied thirty (30) days after the issuance of the communication. 4. Loans in Installments 4.1. Obtaining a loan in installments 4.1.1. Adopters shall accurately inform Customers of the requirements and conditions to be met and the steps to be taken to be granted a loan. 4.1.2. If Adopters require that an account be opened for debiting the installments, they shall very clearly describe the costs associated to said procedure, if any, and shall inform customers that the account is operational for all intents and purposes. 4.1.3. Adopters shall answer all the applications, informing customers of the decision made in that respect within a reasonable term. 4.1.4. When customers so request, the institutions must return to the customers the documentation filed upon applying for the loan. 4.2. Amortization Systems 4.2.1. Adopters shall inform customers about the different principal amortization systems available, explaining in plain language the differences between them to facilitate customers’ elections. 4.3. Loan Repayment 4.3.1. If and when Adopters permit loans to be repaid early, either in whole or in part, they will clearly explain the minimum costs and requirements that shall apply at the time of such early repayment in the terms and conditions of the applications. 4.3.2. Adopters will always apply the early repayments to the reduction of the balances outstanding at the time of receiving payment. Therefore, in the case of partial pre-payments, they will recalculate the loans in accordance with the contractual stipulations, reducing the amount of the remaining installments or the quantity of the remaining installments. 4.3.3. Once all the amounts owed by the customers receiving the loans have been paid, Adopters shall issue, on request, the relevant final settlement certificate and shall follow all the proceedings that are the entity’s responsibility to release the guarantees tendered. Adopters shall proceed to return the relevant promissory notes, to cancel the mortgage before a notary public or to return the movable property pledged for management by the customers, according to whether the loan was a personal loan, a mortgage loan or a pledge loan, respectively.

Page 98: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 98

5. Credit Card 5.1. Activating the Account 5.1.1. Adopters undertake to start performing the agreement only after the Customer has signed the instrument

embodying the contract and the cards have been received by the Customer at his/her satisfaction.

5.1.2. Adopters undertake to take the adequate safety measures in sending the plastic cards to the Customers. 5.1.3. If the Credit Card had been sold subject to a reduction in any of its fees, the Customer shall be notified sixty (60) days in advance of any change in such situation. At the time of entering into the agreement, Adopters shall inform Customers of any temporary fee reduction schemes and their scope. 5.2. Purchase Financing Service 5.2.1. Any substantial change in the services offered to the Customer, as they know and receive them, must be communicated by the Adopters in advance and, when applicable and if possible, Customers will be supplied with alternatives. 5.2.2. At the time of signing the agreements, Adopters shall adequately convey to the Customers the different limits on purchases in cash, in installments, financing, applicable interest rate in force, etc. and the manner in which they operate. 5.2.3. Adopters undertake to find a solution to Customers’ objections to the account statements in the shortest time possible and within the terms prescribed by the law. 5.2.4. Adopters who receive from their Customers “unknown charge or consumption” complaints must, in general, credit the Customers’ accounts with the amount corresponding to the relevant charge for as long as the investigation is ongoing and its origin is determined. It is only when the institution verifies that the Customer has not been a customer for a long time, that it is a Customer with an irregular credit history and/or a Customer who has filed this type of objections on reiterated occasions that Adopters may delay a credit for said amount until the investigation has concluded. 5.2.5. Adopters undertake to maintain normal operations with the Customers who have disputed account statements in so far as the Customer pays the minimum required balance for the undisputed items in the account statement. 5.3. Debiting the Credit Card statement balance from the account 5.3.1. If Adopters offer their Customers the possibility of automatically debiting the balance payable as per the credit card statement from their Checking Accounts or their Savings Accounts, this service must:

a. Allow Customers to choose whether they want the minimum payment or the total payment to be debited.

b. Allow Customers to change their election as many times as they desire.

c. Proceed with the automatic debit only on the due date for payment established in the credit card

statement. 6. Electronic Funds Transfers 6.1. General Conditions 6.1.1. Adopters will provide their Customers with clear and accurate information about the steps to be taken when transferring funds electronically in any of the modalities available: between accounts held by the same

Page 99: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 99

person at the same institution, between accounts held by different persons at the same institution and between accounts at different entities, irrespective of whether they are held by the same or by different holders. 6.1.2. In each case, Adopters shall provide the data required to order an electronic fund transfer, the costs of each, the places or channels where transfers may be ordered, the maximum amounts that can be transferred in each transaction, per day or per month, if applicable, and the time frame for the amounts to be credited and debited. SECTION THREE: MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING CHAPTER I: IMPLEMENTATION AND INTERNAL CONTROL 1. By Adopters 1.1. Compliance Officer 1.1.1. Adopters shall implement the practices set forth in this Code. To that end, they shall appoint a Compliance Officer who will directly report to the Adopters’ Board of Directors and who will perform the following functions:

• Oversee that the institution complies with the provisions of this Code.

• Report to the Adopter’s Board on the outcome of the controls in place to engage in a thorough follow-up of the level of compliance with the Code.

• Require the relevant areas to implement the applicable Corrective Action Plans and/or Adjustment Plans when weaknesses are identified in the implementation of a practice.

• Supervise the implementation of the Corrective Action Plans and of the Adjustment Plans.

• Issue the annual Statement of Compliance of his/her institution.

1.1.2. The financial institution shall communicate the name of the designated Compliance Officer to the Self-Regulation Board. 1.2. Report on Compliance 1.2.1. Every year, each financial institution shall issue, through its Compliance Officer, a Statement of Compliance with the Banking Practices set forth in this Code. A signed copy of the Statement of Compliance shall be sent to the Self-Regulation Board which shall acknowledge receipt of the Statement in the Internet site hosting the Code of Banking Practice. 1.3. Corrective Action Plans 1.3.1. The Adopters undertake to implement the Corrective Action Plans (hereinafter “Corrective Action Plans”) whenever internal weaknesses are identified in the implementation of the Practices. 1.3.2. The Corrective Action Plans must be approved by the Compliance Officer and they must contain a description of the banking practice/s that are not being implemented as prescribed by this Code as well as the date estimated for implementation, by which date they undertake to have cured the deficiencies identified. 1.3.3. The Corrective Action Plans shall be communicated to the Adopters’ Boards within thirty (30) days following the moment when Adopters have concluded with the internal development and approval process under the charge of the Compliance Officer. CHAPTER II: MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING 1. Self-Regulation Board

Page 100: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 100

1.1. Composition 1.1.1. Compliance with the provisions of this Code shall be externally supervised by the Self-Regulation Board, a body made up by persons sufficiently experienced in these matters. 1.1.2. The members of the Self-Regulation Board shall be designated by the associations of financial institutions as follows: one by each association and in conformity with the Code Administration Rules. The minimum number of members of the Self-Regulation Board may not be less than (4) members. 1.1.3. None of the Self-Regulation Board members may be in an employment relationship with any of the Adopters. 1.2. Mission and functions 1.2.1. The following shall be the primary responsibilities and functions of the Self-Regulation Board:

• Interpret and advocate the Code. • Keep records of the institutions which adopt the Code, those that desist from adopting the Code and

those whose status as Adopter is cancelled.

• Enforce disciplinary action in the event of non-compliances and request the implementation of the respective Plans of Adjustment that they consider appropriate.

• Propose amendments to the Code; and • Advise the associations of financial institutions and their members on the banking practices covered by

the Code. 1.3. Control Mechanisms 1.3.1. To gain knowledge about the degree of compliance by the Adopters and to act accordingly, the Self-Regulation Board shall rely on information from:

• The Statements of Compliance issued by the Adopters. • Any ad hoc notice served by the Adopters.

• Information provided by the competent regulatory authorities. • Information provided by Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), and • Reports of Code breaches filed by the Adopters’ Customers.

1.3.2. The Self-Regulation Board shall develop and run an Internet site for receiving complaints about Code breaches from the Adopters’ Customers. This communication channel shall not seek to find a solution to the claim but to allow the Self-Regulation Board to effectively oversee compliance with the Code. For a report about a Code violation to be effectively considered by the Self-Regulation Board, the affected Customer must have previously filed a complaint with the Adopter involved and this Adopter must have failed to cure the breach in the terms stipulated for the resolution of complaints. 1.3.3. It is only within one year following the date of submission of a complaint to the relevant institution that complaints may be filed with the Self-Regulation Board. 1.4. Monitoring Powers 1.4.1. The Self-Regulation Board may request information and/or apply the controls it considers necessary to supervise the Adopters, either to verify, in general, the degree of compliance with the Code or for specific cases originating in a report or complaint concerning some specific banking practice. 1.5. Non-Compliances 1.5.1. Any behavior in breach of an obligation regulated by the Code shall constitute a non-compliance.

Page 101: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 101

1.5.2. None of the behaviors listed below constitutes a non-compliance and thus, none will be addressed by the Self-Regulation Board: 1.5.2.1. Matters being heard in court, by arbitrators or by administrative authorities. 1.5.2.2. Complaints that neither belong to, nor arise from banking operations vis-á-vis customers, such as suppliers, employees, directors and shareholders. 1.5.2.3. The complaints seeking compensation for loss of profit, emotional distress or those involving tortious liability. 1.5.2.4. The issues associated to the grant of all types of loans and any other transaction that constitutes a banking contract, subject to banks’ discretionary powers to reach agreements with their customers. 1.6. Sanctions 1.6.1. The Self-Regulation Board shall administer disciplinary action in line with the provisions of the Code Administration Rules adopted by the institutions simultaneously with the adoption of the Code. 1.6.2. The Self-Regulation Board shall be notified of non-compliances through the media described previously in this Chapter and it shall provide the Adopter involved with an opportunity to present its defenses. From then on, if applicable and in accordance with the Code Administration Rules, the Self-Regulation Board shall sanction the Adopter with powers ranging from the issuance of a recommendation, a request for the adoption of adjustment plans (hereinafter, the “Adjustment Plans”) for the Adopter to abide by the Code precepts, and in severe, repeated cases, the cancellation of the status as Adopter. 1.7. Notices 1.7.1. Once the procedure has concluded, the Self-Regulation Board shall notify the complainant, the adopter and the association(s) of which the adopter is a member of the resolution handed down. 1.7.2. Given the characteristics of the Self-Regulation Board, there is no appellate instance against its decisions. 1.8. Section included for formal purposes only.

Page 102: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 102

EXHIBIT C

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES CONTENTS BOARD OF DIRECTORS EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AUDIT COMMITTEE COMMITTEE FOR CONTROLLING AND PREVENTING MONEY LAUNDERING AND TERRORISM FINANCING

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE CREDIT COMMITTEE PERSONNEL INCENTIVES COMMITTEE RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE ETHICS COMMITTEE FINANCE COMMITTEE COMMITTEE OF HOMES COMMITTEE OF SOCIAL AND INSTITUTIONAL AFFAIRS

Page 103: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 103

BANCO HIPOTECARIO S.A. RULES OF OPERATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Board of Directors shall discharge its duties in accordance with (i) currently applicable laws and regulations, (ii) the Company’s By-laws and (iii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

1. Composition.

By virtue of Section 21 of Law No. 24,855 and of its by-laws, Banco Hipotecario’s Board of Directors comprises 13 regular members who serve as such for two-fiscal-year terms following their designation by shareholders’ meetings held by classes of shares. Directors can be indefinitely re-elected and on a step-wise basis. Each class of shares appoints a quantity of regular directors that is equal to or less than the number of regular directors that the class of shares is entitled to appoint. Alternate directors, in turn, fill in the vacancies taking place within their respective classes in the order in which they were designated at the time of the vacancy, be it due to absence, resignation, leave of absence, disability, disqualification or death, subject to the Board of Directors having previously approved the grounds for substitution when the vacancy is temporary. Directors are appointed by a majority vote within each one of the classes of ordinary shares as follows:

a) class A elects 2 Regular Directors and 2 Alternate directors.

b) class B elects 1 Regular Director and 1 Alternate director in so far as class B shares are representative of more than 2% of the capital stock issued at the time of the call to the respective shareholders’ meeting.

c) class C elects 1 Regular Director and 1 Alternate director in so far as class C shares are representative

of more than 3% of the capital stock issued at the time of the call to the respective shareholders’ meeting.

d) the election of the rest of the Regular and Alternate Directors (which under no circumstances shall be

less than 9 regular directors and an equal or smaller number of alternate directors) is in the hands of class D shares. If any of class B or C share were, for any reason, to lack or lose its rights to elect, or take part in the election of, directors, said class may vote together with the D class shares at the special class D shareholders’ meeting called for electing directors, and

e) in so far as classes of shares continue to exist, the system of cumulative voting for the appointment of

directors even within the same class shall not apply to the Company by virtue of the Argentine Companies Law’s sections 262 and 263.

In the event of absolute absence of shares from a given class at a shareholders’ meeting held on second call for the purpose of appointing directors, the directors pertaining to such class shall be elected by the shareholders from the remaining classes voting jointly as if they were an only class, save for the absences of shareholders at Class A shares shareholders’ meetings: in these cases the Syndic appointed by Class A shares shall appoint the regular and alternate directors of said Class A shares absent from the shareholders’ meetings. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 24, Sub-section d) of the Company’s by-laws, in so far as the holder of Class A shares is the Argentine State, a communication signed by the competent public official to vote for such shares may substitute for the special class A shareholders’ meeting. The Director designated by each class of shares is under an obligation to formally accept that he/she accepts the directorship, stating also whether he/she is an independent director as described under the heading “Eligibility Requirements for Independent Directors.

Page 104: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 104

In the opinion of the Board of Directors and in order to fortify decision objectiveness and to prevent conflicts of interest, it is advisable that some of its members should be independent directors. 2. Eligibility Requirements for Directors. In order to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the candidate shall not be subject to the disqualifications set forth in Section 264 of Law No. 19,550 and Section 10 of Law No. 21,526, shall have experience in the financial business and shall not take office until he/she is so authorized by the Argentine Central Bank. The following persons are not permitted to act as Directors on grounds of disqualification or incompatibility:

a) Those who may not act in commerce.

b) Those adjudged bankrupt on grounds of negligence or fraud for up to 10 years after their discharge, those adjudged unintentionally bankrupt or those against whom reorganization proceedings were undertaken up to 5 years after their discharge; company directors and/or managers whose behavior had been considered as negligent or fraudulent for up to 10 years after their discharge.

c) Convicts who received an ancillary sentence of disqualification from service as public officials; those

convicted of theft, robbery, embezzlement, bribery, issuing checks without sufficient funds and of crimes against public faith; those convicted of crimes perpetrated in the formation, operation and liquidation of companies. In all the preceding cases, the inability shall subsist for up to 10 years after the sentence was served.

d) Public officials serving in positions related to the Company’s corporate purpose for up to 2 years after

they step down from such positions.

e) Those disqualified from serving as public officials.

f) Those who are non-performing debtors at financial institutions.

g) Those disqualified from holding checking or other types of accounts in a similar nature for up to three years after the lifting of such disqualification.

h) Those disqualified pursuant to the application of Sub-section 5 of Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, for as

long as the disqualification is in force, and

i) Those who, following a decision by a competent authority, have been found guilty of misconduct in the government and management of financial institutions.

The Argentine Central Bank reviews the Directors’ background information and considers their competence and experience for the office based on: (i) their previous experience in the conduct of financial businesses and/or (ii) their professional skills and experience in performing public or private services in related areas or fields that are relevant to the Institution's business profile. In addition, the Argentine Central Bank regulations require that at least 80% of all Directors show evidence of experience in the financial business when the Board is elected. 3. Eligibility Requirements for Independent Directors.

To be nominated as Independent Director, the following conditions set out in Law No. 19,550, Decree No. 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831-, the CNV and the Argentine Central Bank rules and regulations shall be met:

a) not to be a member of the management body or an employee of holders of significant share interests in the Company or in other Companies in which such shareholders hold, directly or indirectly, significant

Page 105: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 105

share interests or on which such shareholders have significant influence in relation to the management of such companies, pursuant to Section 33 of Law No. 19,550.

b) not to be engaged in professional relationships with the Company or be a member of a Company or

professional association engaged in professional relationships with or receiving compensation or fees from the Company or shareholders holding, directly or indirectly, significant share interests therein or with companies in which such shareholders hold significant share interests, either directly or indirectly, or otherwise having a significant influence on the management thereof.

c) not to be a seller or supplier of goods and services of the Company, directly or indirectly, or of the

shareholders who directly or indirectly hold significant share interests therein or exercise significant influence.

d) not to hold, directly or indirectly, any significant interest in the Company or in a Company which holds a

significant interest therein or exercises a significant influence thereon.

e) not to have been employed by the Company, mainly in executive offices, in the last 3 years prior to nomination.

f) if there is no control relationship and he/she is not related to the financial institution in accordance with

the following guidelines:

1. any company or person who, directly or indirectly, exercises control over the financial institution or any company or person who is, directly or indirectly, controlled by a person(s) controlling the financial institution.

2. any company or person who is, directly or indirectly, controlled by the financial institution, which shall take into account the provisions of Section 28(a) of Law No. 21,526 and the regulations thereunder.

3. any company having directors in common with the company that exercises control over the financial institution or with the financial institution, provided that such directors comprise a simple majority in the management bodies of each of such companies or financial institution.

4. exceptionally, pursuant to a resolution of the Board or upon motion made by the Superintendent of Financial and Exchange Institutions, any company or person who is held to be engaged in a relationship with the financial institution or the person controlling it, which may give rise to financial damages to the financial institution.

5. such company or person holding or controlling, directly or indirectly, 25% or a higher percentage of the aggregate number of votes under any voting instrument in the other company.

6. such company or person has directly or indirectly held 50% or a higher percentage of the aggregate number of votes under voting instruments in shareholders’ meetings or meetings at which their directors or other persons performing similar functions have been elected.

7. such company or persons holds, directly or indirectly, an interest in the other company under any right or title, even if its votes account for less than 25%, so as to have the necessary votes to adopt resolutions at shareholders’ meetings or at meetings of the Board of Directors or a comparable body, and/or

8. pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Argentine Central Bank, such

company or person is held to exercise, directly or indirectly, controlling influence on the management and/or the policies of the other company. The following are examples of controlling influence: (a) holding a share interest in the capital stock of a related company conferring the voting power required to exercise influence on the approval of its financial

Page 106: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 106

statements and in the distribution of profits, for which purpose, the manner in which the remaining capital is distributed should be taken into account; (b) representation in the Board of Directors or senior management bodies of the related company, for which purpose the existence of agreements, circumstances or situations under which the management could become vested in some minority group should be also taken into account; (c) corporate policy-making powers; (d) the existence of significant transactions with related companies; (e) the exchange of management personnel; (f) the related company’s technical-administrative dependence.

g) not to be a spouse, a relative within the fourth degree of kinship or adopted relative or within the second

degree of affinity of individuals who do not meet the conditions set forth in the foregoing subsections.

h) having available time and such dedication required to ensure unrestricted performance of the functions and responsibilities of his/her office, and

i) receiving a fair and equitable compensation excluding pension or stock option plans.

4. Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members.

In order to take office, newly appointed directors and/or directors reelected to serve a new term at the Shareholders’ Class Meetings shall comply with the requirements set forth in the by-laws and the BCRA Circular CREFI-2 as follows:

a) they shall post the performance bond set forth in Section 12 of the by-laws.

b) they shall set up domicile.

c) the Directors elected for the first time at a Special Class D Shareholders’ Meeting shall not take office until the Board of Trustees of the Argentine Central Bank issues a favorable opinion as to their competence and experience in the financial business and failure to be subject to any disqualification. The directors whose term of office is renewed shall only be subject to such requirement if so resolved by the Superintendent of Financial and Exchange Institutions, and

d) the Directors elected for the first time at Special Class A Shareholders’ Meetings, and Class B and C

Shareholders’ Meetings (so long as their voting powers are exercised by the Argentine State), whose appointments depend on an action taken by the Argentine Executive Branch, may take office and serve in commissions, subject to the relevant resolution of the Argentine Central Bank, notwithstanding the validity of any actions in which they may participate during such term.

5. Rules governing Directors’ Removal, Vacancies, Absences, Resignations, Termination of Office. In the events of: (a) removal pursuant to Section 11(i) of the by-laws; (b) resignation pursuant to Section 259 of Law No. 19,550 if such resignation does not disrupt normal operations and is neither fraudulent nor untimely; (c) vacancy; (d) absence, regular Directors shall be replaced by alternate directors of the relevant class and in the order of their appointments: Alternate Directors shall take office as regular Directors in the following events:

a) permanently, due to resignation, removal, termination, incapacity, disqualification or death of the regular Director. The incoming alternate director shall hold office until the next Special Meeting for the relevant class is held, and

b) temporarily, due to the regular Director’s absence or leave, in which case the Board shall previously

approve the reason for substitution. The incoming alternate director shall hold office until the regular Director resumes his/her duties.

Page 107: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 107

If the Directors' absence affects the minimum quorum required to hold a meeting, after an hour has elapsed from the time indicated in the notice of the meeting, the Chairman may invite to the meeting the alternate Director(s) of the relevant class(es) consistent with such of the absent Directors until a quorum is reached. The alternate Director shall only take office in the event referred to above, upon the Board's prior resolution and compliance with the requirements set forth in “Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members”. If the alternate director were working as a manager at the Company and he/she were to take office as a regular director, he/she must apply for a leave of absence from his/her managerial position for as long as he/she serves as a Director. In addition, if the number of vacancies arising in the Board prevents meetings from being validly held despite the incorporation of the alternate directors, pursuant to Section 13 of the by-laws, the Supervisory Committee shall appoint the number of Directors required to constitute a quorum. They shall hold office until new Directors are elected at a Special Meeting of Shareholders representing the respective classes. The statutory auditors appointed by each class of shares shall appoint the Director(s) of the same class in consultation with the respective shareholders. For such purpose, the Supervisory Committee shall comply with the rules governing such appointment and nominees shall only take office if they meet the requirements set forth in “Rules governing the Appointment and Reelection of the Board Members”. Besides, if any Director resigns, is removed or ceases to hold office for any reason, notice thereof shall be given by the Company to the CNV and to the Argentine Central Bank within 2 days of occurrence. 6. Authority and Powers. The Board shall have the authority and powers to organize, manage and administrate the Company, including those actions for which special powers are required under Section 1881 of the Civil Code and Section 9 of Decree-Law No. 5965/1963 and such powers are listed in Section 17 of the by-laws. In turn, the Board members appointed by Class D shares shall appoint the Chairman of the Board of Directors, who has the authority and powers listed in Section 18 of the by-laws. The Board of Directors vests the regular conduct of business in the Executive Committee consisting of Directors appointed by Class D shares and entrusted with the authority set forth in Section 19 of the by-laws, including the appointment of the General Manager and other Senior Management officers. Notwithstanding the authority to adopt resolutions concerning the matters exclusively entrusted to them, as defined in the by-laws, the Board approves the purposes and strategies of the Bank and its Subsidiaries, as well as the most suitable organization and structure to deploy them; and further makes arrangements with the Executive Committee in supervising and controlling the achievement of purposes and the execution of actions in the best interest of the company by the General Management and the Senior Management. For such purposes, the Board of Directors has the authority to issue general policies and strategies in furtherance of the corporate purposes, ensuring that the institution’s activities meet the necessary safety and solvency standards and are in compliance with the laws and regulations in force, to determine the risks to be assumed, to protect the interests of depositors, shareholders and other relevant third parties, for which purpose it shall:

a) approve and monitor the implementation of the corporate governance code and the corporate principles and values governing the entity and the economic group it controls, and supervise and evaluate on an annual basis whether it is suitable to its profile, complexity and importance.

b) approve the strategic plan and management goals.

c) approve the business plan and the annual budget.

d) approve the investment and financing policies.

Page 108: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 108

e) approve the corporate governance, corporate responsibility, risk control and management policies and dividend policies.

f) promote and review on a regular basis the business general strategies and the institution’s policies,

including the risk policy and determination of acceptable levels of risk.

g) follow up on internal information and control systems on a regular basis.

h) approve the entity’s level of risk tolerance and monitor its risk profile.

i) ensure that managerial positions take the necessary steps to identify, assess, monitor, control and mitigate assumed risks.

j) determine whether the capital amount is commensurate with the assumed risks.

k) supervise the Company’s Senior Management, exercising its authority to obtain sufficient information as

and when required to evaluate performance.

l) approve, monitor and review design and operation of the personnel compensation system and the financial incentive system, in accordance with applicable laws, ensuring that they are implemented in accordance with provisions and that they are not inconsistent with the entity's credit risk strategy, and

m) become aware of its subsidiaries' corporate governance policy.

Lastly, for the actions required by the exercise of their powers and the discharge of their functions, the Directors shall be entitled to be reimbursed for the expenses they incur in the performance of their duties based on the expense reports that they formally submit. 7. Responsibilities and Functions. 7.1. Principles. The Directors are responsible for complying with applicable rules and regulations, particularly Laws No. 24,855, 24,240, 21,526, 19,550 and 26,831, as amended, Decree 677/2001, present-day Law No. 26,831, regulatory and supplementary decrees, the rules of the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV and the by-laws. The Directors must act with loyalty and with the diligence of a good businessman. Those who breach their obligations are unlimitedly and jointly and severally liable for the damages resulting from their action or omission. The delegation of duties to Directors and exercise of the authority conferred on the Executive Committee under Section 19 of the by-laws, as well as the actions taken by the various Committees do not release other Directors from liability for the actions taken by them. The Directors shall be released from liability for the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and/or for the actions taken by the Executive Committee and/or the other Committees and/or Directors or officers who are personal delegatees only in the following events: a) if the duties have been personally assigned to one or more Director(s) under the by-laws or pursuant to a resolution adopted at a Shareholders' Meeting duly registered with the Public Registry of Commerce, in which case liability shall be attributed taking into account individual actions only, and b) if the Director who took part in discussions or in the resolution had stated his/her dissenting opinion in writing and given notice thereof prior to his/her liability being reported to the Board, to the Supervisory Committee, to the Shareholders' Meeting, to the competent authorities or prior to a legal action being filed.

Page 109: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 109

In connection with the Bank’s internal controls and risk management, the Board shall provide for and approve internal control and risk management rules and procedures, vesting the Audit Committee with the authority to monitor the implementation of and compliance with the procedures across the organization. 7.2. Risk Management, Definition and Identification.

The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the Company’s having designed an appropriate and duly documented framework, with the implementation of procedures to monitor the effectiveness and consistency of internal controls and comprehensive risk management (including credit, liquidity, market, interest rate and operational risks). Accordingly, it shall approve risk management strategies; it shall have a process in place to evaluate the capital suitability to the entity’s risk profile; it shall have suitable information available to measure and evaluate risks and to report the level, composition and quality of exposure. In addition, it shall establish policies and procedures to approve new products and initiatives related to risk management; it shall have one or more unit(s) responsible for identifying, assessing, following up on, controlling and mitigating risks, which shall be separate from risk-originating divisions; it shall approve stress-testing programs to identify any potential events or changes in the market conditions that may have a significant negative impact on the entity, and a contingency plan that establishes the strategies to be implemented to tackle emergency situations and policies to manage ranges of potential stress situations as well as lines of responsibility for each level of stress. The main responsibilities inherent to management of each risk are described below.

1. Credit Risk: The credit risk is defined as the possibility of suffering losses due to a debtor or counterparty's failure to comply with its contract obligations; while in most financial institutions the loan portfolio is the main source of credit risk, there are other activities that also entail this risk, for example: sureties, guarantees, investments, government securities and other credits involving financial intermediation. In managing the credit risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve significant credit strategies, policies and practices and to review them at regular intervals every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

b) to approve the Company’s level of risk tolerance.

c) to approve the organizational structure for credit risk management avoiding conflicts of interest.

d) to ensure that Senior Management is qualified to manage the Company's credit transactions and that they are consummated in line with the strategy, policies and the level of risk tolerance as approved.

e) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the Company’s credit risk strategy.

f) to determine whether the Company’s capital level is adequate in the face of the risks assumed.

g) to approve the launching of new products and Company's businesses.

h) to follow up on exposures with related persons or companies.

i) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom.

Page 110: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 110

j) to receive on a regular basis reports to become aware of the credit risk related to financing and compliance with established limits, and

k) to receive timely information and, in the event that any issue arises in relation to credit risk management, ensure that the Senior Management takes any appropriate corrective actions to deal with such issues.

2. Liquidity Risk:

Liquidity means the financial institutions’ capacity to fund asset increases and meet their liabilities as they become due, without incurring significant losses. And liquidity risk is mainly defined as the funding liquidity risk defined as such risk where an entity is unable to effectively meet expected and unexpected, current and future cash flows and the guarantees without affecting for such purpose its daily operations or financial position. In managing the liquidity risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the significant liquidity strategy, policies and practices, and to review them at regular intervals every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

b) to approve the Company’s level of risk tolerance defined as the highest risk level that the Company is willing to assume, which level shall be in line with its business strategy and importance in the financial system and reflect its financial position and funding capacity.

c) to ensure that Senior Management reports the liquidity strategy through clear and operative guidelines

and that it manages the risk effectively.

d) to approve the organizational structure for an adequate management of the liquidity risk.

e) to ensure that the Company is staffed with qualified personnel and that it has the resources required to manage the liquidity risk.

f) to ensure that the Company has processes and systems in place to identify, assess, follow up on,

control and mitigate liquidity risk sources.

g) to assess the incidence of existing interactions between funding liquidity risk and market liquidity risk and analyze the incidence on the Company’s global liquidity strategy.

h) to receive reports on a regular basis to become aware of the Company’s liquidity position.

i) to receive immediate information in the event that any issues arise in connection with liquidity, including matters such as an increase in costs of funding, concentrations, increases in cash flows gaps, shortage of alternative liquidity sources, significant and repeated failures to comply with the limits, significant reductions in the support for liquid assets or changes in external market conditions which may be indicative of future difficulties.

j) to ensure that Senior Management takes the appropriate corrective actions to handle any issues arising in relation to liquidity matters, and

k) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom.

In addition, the Board is required to take actions to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists –including high quality liquid asset support not encumbered as security of any transaction-, so that the Company may face a range of stress events including those events involving the loss of traditional funding sources. For these purposes, the Senior Management shall make available the outcomes of the stress tests and the applicable contingency plan.

Page 111: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 111

3. Market Risk:

The market risk is defined as the possibility of incurring position-related in- and off-balance sheet losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in market prices of various assets; it includes the exchange rate risk defined as the possibility of incurring position-related in- and off-balance sheet losses resulting from adverse fluctuations in exchange rates for foreign currency.

In managing the market risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the strategy for market risk management, which shall clearly determine the administrative structure related to risk management and be duly documented.

b) to approve the significant policies and practices, and to review them at regular intervals every time that in its opinion any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

c) to approve exemptions from policies and limits implying a significant departure therefrom.

d) to ensure that Senior Management reports the market risk management strategy through clear and operative guidelines and that it manages the risk effectively.

e) receive information on a regular basis to become aware of the Company’s trading portfolio, and

promptly receive information in the event that adverse situations arise, in which case it shall ensure that the Senior Management takes any appropriate corrective actions to deal with such issues.

f) to ensure that the Senior Management and the personnel from the concerned areas have the necessary experience to manage the market risk and that the institution has processes and systems in place to identify, assess, follow up on, control and mitigate market risk sources.

g) to understand existing interactions between the market risk and the other risks of the Company; and

h) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the institution’s market risk strategy.

4. Interest Rate Risk:

The interest rate risk is defined as the possibility of occurrence of changes in the financial position of an entity as a result of fluctuations in the interest rates, which may have adverse effects on net financial income and/or the institution’s economic value –i.e., the current value of its assets and liabilities.

In managing the interest rate risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the strategy for interest rate risk management, which shall be duly documented.

b) to approve and review, at least on an annual basis, the interest rate risk policies and practices and the

business strategies affecting the Company’s exposure to this risk.

c) to establish the Company's level of risk tolerance defined as the highest risk level that it is willing to assume, which should be adequate to its business strategy and significance in the financial system and reflect its financial position. For such purposes, it shall approve aggregate limits related to the risk amount acceptable to the institution.

d) to define the authority lines and levels of responsibility in managing interest rate risks, and to clearly establish the persons and/or committees responsible for managing the key components of the risk management system.

Page 112: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 112

e) to ensure that the Company has personnel trained and skilled in identifying, assessing, following up on, controlling and mitigating the interest rate risk.

f) to promote among its members and management members fluid communication in connection with exposures and the interest rate risk management scenario.

g) to ensure that Senior Management reports the interest rate risk management strategy through clear and operative guidelines and that it manages the risk effectively.

h) to receive reports on a regular basis to become aware of the exposure to the interest rate risk, which reports shall be promptly reviewed if any issues arise in connection with interest rate risks.

i) to understand how the other risks affect the Company’s global interest rate risk strategy.

j) to receive reports on a regular basis on the outcome of stress tests.

k) to ensure that the Senior Management takes the appropriate corrective actions to deal with stress situations and that related contingency plans are effective.

l) to assess whether the risk assumed is in line with the allocated capital, and

m) to ensure that the personnel financial incentive policy is not inconsistent with the Company’s interest rate risk strategy.

5. Operational Risk: Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from non-adequacy or failure of internal processes, the personnel's actions or systems, or those resulting from external events. Pursuant to internationally accepted standards, there are 7 kinds of operational risk incidents as follows: (i) internal fraud, (ii) external fraud, (iii) employment and workplace safety, (iv) client, product and business practices, (v) business alterations and technological failures, (vi) execution, management and compliance with process deadlines.

In managing the operational risk, its responsibilities shall include:

a) to approve the framework that will govern operational risk management subject to annual revisions or every time any relevant events or situations occur in relation to this risk.

b) to become aware of any procedures developed to manage the operational risk and the level of compliance.

c) to ensure that the framework governing operational risk management is subject to an internal audit process contemplating an adequate coverage and in-depth revisions, as well as timely adoption of corrective measures by audited divisions.

d) to approve policies providing for dissemination of the framework governing operational risk management and training policies, addressed to all divisions and officers of the financial institution;

e) to establish policies for management of operational risks resulting from subcontracted activities and services provided by suppliers.

f) to approve a policy for dissemination to third parties of the relevant information on the operational risk management framework.

g) to ensure that the Company has qualified personnel and any resources required to manage the operational risk, and

Page 113: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 113

h) to check that any person in charge of such management does not perform other tasks in other

areas that may result in conflicts of interest with his/her task.

8. Right to be Informed. For Directors to be able to fulfill the duties described under “Duties of the Members of the Organization” and the conducts mentioned under “Responsibilities” they have a right to be informed of any matters related to the corporate operations and risk management by requesting it in writing to the Chairman or Vice Chairman, as the case may be. Any gathered information may be related, among other matters, to:

a) the meetings held by the Committees other than those of which they are members.

b) the corporate books and other additional documents related to issues discussed or to be discussed by the Board.

c) the items included on the agenda of the meetings.

d) information on the discharge of duties by the Senior Management and other officers of the Company, and

e) the Company’s facilities, including both the Headquarters and its branches. In this case, the President or Vice President, as the case may be, will evaluate the appropriateness of the request for information and cause the General Manager or relevant officers to provide such requested information within the applicable period. In exercising this right, the Directors will refrain from taking any action that may in any way disrupt the Company’s course of business, in view of the fact that their modus operandi is jointly and not individual, except for the discharge of duties expressly delegated by the Board. 9. Board of Directors’ Meetings: rules governing sessions. 9.1. Places and Dates of Board Meetings. Quorum. The Board shall meet at least once a month at the Bank’s registered office and/or anywhere else in the Argentine Republic and an absolute majority of its members shall constitute a quorum. For such purposes the directors who are present in person or capable of communicating with each other by any simultaneous means of transmission of sound, images or voice shall be counted, provided that the members who attend on a remote basis and the means used for that purpose are put on record in the meeting’s minutes. In the case of meetings regularly convened, those directors who expect to be absent from the registered office on the date scheduled for the meeting shall give written notice in advance of their remote attendance and their means of communication, in order to ensure their effective connection. The Board of Directors may, with a simple majority of the Directors in attendance, adjourn the meeting subject to a decision on the date and time when such meeting shall be resumed. 9.2. Calling a meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall summon the Regular directors and members listed under the heading “Members in attendance at a Board Meeting” for them to attend a Board meeting on the dates and at the times fixed. The Chairman must send to each regular Director and member of the Supervisory Committee an Agenda with the

Page 114: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 114

Order of Business as well as background information concerning the matters to be submitted to the meeting for consideration desirably 5 days in advance. The call will be sent by regular mail or by e-mail. To that end, the regular and alternate directors and the members of the Supervisory Committee must keep the Chairman informed of their address for regular mail and for e-mails as well as any changes thereto. A regular director who, for any reason, is prevented from attending a meeting in person or on a remote basis shall give written notice thereof (by mail or e-mail) to the Chairman or Secretary of the Board within 2 business days following the date on which notice of the meeting is received. If so decided, he/she shall further state in such notice the name of the Director authorized to vote on his/her behalf. 9.3. Members in attendance at a Board Meeting. The following persons shall attend Board Meetings:

a) Regular Directors.

b) regular members of the Supervisory Committee.

c) the General Manager.

d) the Secretary of the Board, and

e) the Company’s officers and advisors, if so recommended by the Chairman or any Director for the sole purpose of submitting any requested reports.

9.4. The Order of Business at Board Meetings. Board meetings’ orders of business shall be prepared by the Chairman. The directors and the members of the Supervisory Committee may propose to the Chairman that he includes matters for discussion in the order of business at least 7 days in advance of the date fixed for the meeting. The Board of Directors may consider matters not included in the order of business that arise after its preparation when the Chairman considers that, in view of their urgency, such matters warrant discussion. 9.5. Voice, Vote and Resolutions at Board Meetings. Each Director shall have a right to discuss and vote the items on the Agenda of the order of business, except:

a) if such matters may give rise to a conflict of interest between the Director and the Company.

b) if the item discussed concerns the compensation payable to executive Directors and to those performing technical and administrative duties and the Director in question performs such duties, pursuant to Section 14(b) of the by-laws.

c) if the resignation, reason for permanent removal or request for leave of the Director in question is being discussed, in which case he/she shall be entitled to voice his/her opinion but not to cast votes, and

d) if so provided for by the applicable laws and by-laws. Resolutions shall be adopted by a majority of Directors present in person or communicated on a remote basis and they will be reflected in the meeting’s minutes together with the identity of the member casting the vote except when a different majority is required by Law or the by-laws. The Chairman’s vote will be considered as double in the event of a hung vote. A specific reason is to be provided for each abstention.

Page 115: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 115

Any director who does not attend a meeting in person or on a remote basis may authorize another Director to vote on his/her behalf. Such authorization shall be given in writing, refer to a specific meeting and be signed by the authorizing director. He/she shall be liable in the same manner as any present Directors. 9.6. Board Meeting Minutes

The Secretary of the Board shall be in charge of preparing the minutes of Board's meetings and shall record discussions and resolutions by manual or electromagnetic means. Within 2 business days following a relevant meeting, draft minutes thereof shall be prepared and sent by e-mail to the Directors and members of the Supervisory Committee who have attended the meeting, for further revision and correction. Attendants shall reply to the Secretary of the Board by the same means of communication within 2 business days following receipt of the draft minutes. The following day, the proposed final version shall be transcribed by the Secretary of the Board onto the Book of Board of Directors’ Meetings Minutes as officially signed and sealed, and the Secretary shall cause it to be signed by those who attended the relevant meeting. The minutes shall be drafted in Spanish language and shall be brief and clear. Reference shall be made to each item discussed, the discussions, the opinions of officers and advisors invited to the meeting, the motions made by the Directors and members of the Supervisory Committee and the resolutions adopted by the Board. The Secretary of the Board shall be in charge of filing any supplementary and additional documents used at the Board’s meetings. 10. Functions of the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The functions to be discharged by the Chairman are:

a) to put together the Agenda with the Order of Business for ordinary Board meetings when it is the Board that proposes such Agenda; once the Agenda with the Order of Business has been closed, the Chairman may request that matters not included therein be debated anyway in so far as he deems them to be urgent.

b) to call meetings and if there were reasons to so warrant and sufficiently in advance, the Chairman

may change the date and time of the meetings.

c) to Call extraordinary Board meetings as set forth in the by-laws and when the Chairman considers that it is necessary or when there is a request from any of the regular directors and the extraordinary urgency of the matter means that treatment thereof on the date set forth for the next ordinary meeting will constitute an inadmissible delay given the nature of the matter up for discussion. When this is the case, there will be no need for abiding by the formalities of the call and the agenda.

d) to preside over, bring debate to a conclusion and decide to vote on the matters discussed at the

meetings. In addition, according to Section 16 of the by-laws, the Chairman of the Board shall be responsible for taking the exceptional steps described in “Rules governing Directors’ Removal, Vacancies, Absences, Resignations, Termination of Office” to constitute quorum. The Chairman may ask the Secretary of the Board of Directors for assistance with his various duties.

11. Directors’ Duties. 11.1. Duty of Diligence.

Page 116: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 116

Following the requirements of Section 8 of Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831– Directors must, in the discharge of their duties, abide by the Duty of Diligence expected from a good businessman and they must, at least, devote the time and effort necessary to keep abreast of the matters posed by the Entity’s management, compiling sufficient information to do so and lending the cooperation or assistance considered necessary and diligently perform any specific task that the Entity entrusts them with in so far as it is reasonably within the dedication commitment assumed to the organization. Therefore, they must:

a. Participate actively in the Board meetings and, when applicable, in the meetings of the committees in which they serve, familiarizing themselves with the issues discussed, expressing an opinion and encouraging the remaining members of such governance bodies to agree with the decision understood as most favorable to defend the interests of the Entity. When there are justified causes that prevent them from personally attending the meetings to which they have been summoned, they will seek to be represented by another member of the governance body and impart instructions about the matters covered by the agenda or they shall seek to take part in the meeting through the remote attendance modality.

b. Oppose any resolution contrary to the law, the by-laws and the internal rules and regulations

and request that the minutes of the meeting acknowledge the position adopted, when this attitude is the most favorable to the Entity’s interests.

c. See to it that it should be, without exception, the corporate interest of the issuer in which they

serve and the common interest of all shareholders that prevail over any other interest, including the interests of the controlling shareholder(s).

d. Abstain from seeking any personal benefit from the issuer other than the remuneration for the

duties discharged.

e. Organize and implement preventative systems and mechanisms for safeguarding the corporate interests in a manner such as to reduce the risk of permanent or occasional conflicts of interest in his/her personal relationship to the issuer or vis-à-vis other persons related to the issuer in connection with the issuer. This duty is particularly associated to: activities in competition with those of the issuer, the use or allocation of corporate assets, the establishment of remunerations or proposed remunerations, the use of inside information, the utilization of business opportunities for his/her own benefit or for the benefit of third parties, and, in general, any other situation that causes or may cause a conflict of interest affecting the issuer.

f. Seek the means adequate to the conduct of the issuer’s activities and have the necessary

internal controls in place to guarantee prudent management and prevent the breaches of the duties imposed by the rules and regulations of the CNV and the self-regulated entities, and

g. Act with the diligence of a good businessman in the preparation and dissemination of the

information supplied to the market and safeguard external auditors’ independence. Besides, in order to abide by the diligence principle, the Board may delegate to the Executive Committee, the other Committees, the Directors or other officers one or more of the powers conferred on the Board by Section 17 of the by-laws. As regards such delegated powers, the Board may at any time request all the information that it may consider necessary in connection with the discharge of functions and demand accountability. For the Board to comply with its duty of diligence, the Executive Committee and the different committees to the extent of their duties, must hold sessions periodically and report to the Board, within a term of 5 days, what has

Page 117: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 117

been discussed at the meetings and the matters as resolved, accompanying a copy of the relevant minutes, and, when so requested, the documentation concerning the matters discussed. The Directors who do not serve in the Executive Committee and the various committees may, after requesting as much in writing to the Chairman, attend the meetings held by any of the committees, with permission to express their opinions though not to cast votes, whenever the agenda calls for discussing matters that they have proposed or that they have an interest in debating. 11.2. Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality.

The Directors shall keep in secret the debates maintained at the Board meetings and at the meetings of the committees in which they serve and they shall abstain from disclosing the information to which they may have access by reason of the performance of their functions, irrespective of the relationship that they have with the shareholder who nominated them. In particular, they must safeguard the secrecy of any information about events that have not been publicly disclosed and which, given their importance, are apt to affect the placement of securities authorized for public offering and/or forward contracts of futures and options or the course of their trading. Besides, the members of the Board and of Senior Management shall, after stepping down from their offices, keep in secrecy the information, data, documents or unpublished details that they may have learned in the performance of their functions and they shall not disclose them to third parties or disseminate them when doing so could have consequences prejudicial to the Company’s interests. There are exceptions to the Duty of Secrecy and Confidentiality for the cases in which the laws permit communication or dissemination to third parties or when the laws mandate that the information is to be disclosed by virtue of orders issued by the courts or by the oversight agencies. In these cases, the manner of disclosing the information shall abide by the provisions under such laws. Additionally, in compliance with the provisions under Section 39 of Law No. 21,526, the personnel at Banco Hipotecario must keep in absolute reserve the information that they may learn and the members of the Board and of Senior Management shall be the officers responsible for ensuring that Banco Hipotecario shall, in its capacity as a financial institution within the scope of Law No. 21,526 comply with its duty not to disclose the borrowing transactions conducted by the Entity. Only except from such duty are the reports that are required by:

a) the judges in court cases, subject to the provisions laid down by the respective laws.

b) the Argentine Central Bank in the exercise of its functions.

c) the agencies responsible for tax collections at the national, provincial or municipal levels subject to the following conditions: (1) the request for information must refer to one given taxpayer; (2) there must be a tax audit under way concerning such specific taxpayer, and (3) there must have been a previous formal request. As regards the requests for information posed by the Tax Authorities [AFIP], none of the first two conditions discussed in this paragraph shall apply, and

d) the financial institutions themselves, in special cases, in so far as there is a previous express authorization of the Central Bank.

11.3. Duty of Loyalty and Non-Compete Obligation.

Directors are bound to act loyally towards the Company.

Page 118: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 118

To that end, and in addition to those discussed under the heading “Conflict of Interest”, the following behaviors shall be understood as particularly included in the duty of loyalty:

a) a prohibition against using the Company’s assets as well as any confidential information for personal purposes.

b) a prohibition against taking advantage of, or allowing a third party to take advantage of, the Company’s business opportunities, either by action or omission.

c) an obligation to exercise functions only for the purposes that the Law, the by-laws, the shareholders’ meeting or the Board have conferred them.

d) an obligation to scrupulously ensure that their behavior is always free from conflicts of interest, direct or indirect, with those of the Company.

e) an obligation to see to it that it is the interest of the Company and of its shareholders that prevails, within the framework of the legislation and the other rules and regulations discussed under the heading “Applicable Legislation and Other Rules and Regulations” in this Code.

f) an obligation to avoid situations in which their personal interests may conflict with those of the

Company.

g) an obligation to immediately report to the Ethics Committee of the existence of a conflict between their personal interests and those of the Company.

h) an obligation to abstain from seeking any personal benefit at the Company’s expense, other than

the remuneration payable to them for their services.

i) an obligation to obtain the means adequate for the Company to conduct its businesses;

j) an obligation to make sure that the internal controls are in place as necessary to guarantee prudent management and prevent instances of non-compliance with the duties imposed by the Board, the applicable legislation and rules and regulations, and in particular, the provisions laid down by the Argentine Central Bank and CNV.

k) an obligation to preserve order in the Company’s corporate governance, and

l) an obligation to respect and to have others respect order in the operation of the Company’s

governance bodies in which they serve, the exercise of management functions and the discharge of the Company’s employees’ duties.

When it comes to their Non-Compete Obligation in particular, the Directors may be neither shareholders or directors, render their professional services or work for entities alien to Banco Hipotecario pursuing a corporate purpose analogous or supplementary to that of Banco Hipotecario or its subsidiaries nor engage, in their own name or through third parties, in the same or analogous businesses. The Directors have a duty to disclose the situations herein discussed, which duty shall be initially discharged upon submitting the previous statement in writing that all Directors must prepare when they are appointed. Afterwards, either periodically or when the circumstances so warrant, the Directors and the members of management must maintain the Ethics Committee informed of matters including, without limitation, those listed hereinbelow, through the Board’s Secretary:

a) their intent to maintain holdings or to make acquisitions of any ownership interest in the capital of a company alien to Banco Hipotecario where the hypothesis of activities analogous or supplementary to BHSA’s corporate purpose is verified, except for the investments for less than 2% of capital stock in companies whose shares are admitted to public offering.

Page 119: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 119

b) the discharge of duties as officer or in any other capacity for a company alien to Banco Hipotecario, and

c) the conduct in their own names of activities that are analogous, or supplementary, to those constituting

the corporate purpose of Banco Hipotecario. This prohibition shall not be enforced against the Directors when the Ethics Committee is informed of this situation before they take office and this Committee does not oppose such appointment within a term of 30 running days. When it comes to activities to be exercised and offices to be taken in third-party companies or in the candidates’ own names after their appointment at Banco Hipotecario, or in the event of supervening situations, the potentially concurrent conduct of business, supply of services or discharge of duties shall be understood to have been authorized by the governance bodies when the Ethics Committee and/or the Board have expressly stated as much in their resolution. 11.4. Conflict of Interest. The decisions and actions of the members of the organization’s Board of Directors must always be geared towards the satisfaction of the Entity’s best interests and they should never be inspired by personal considerations. The relationships based on kinship, friendship or out of expectations vis-à-vis current or potential suppliers, contractors, customers, competitors or regulators shall never adversely affect independence and the best judgment to safeguard the Bank’s interests. Conflicts of interest shall be understood to arise when:

a) the Director or, if applicable, his/her spouse or his/her lineal relatives by consanguinity or adoption, or his/her collateral relatives up to the fourth degree, inclusive, or his/her relatives by affinity within the second degree or a conglomerate in which the Director holds a significant ownership interest, or, in his/her own name or through relatives he/she holds an ownership interest that conveys more than 10% of votes and/or capital, or, when holding a smaller interest he/she is entitled to appoint at least one member of said company’s board, receives inadequate personal benefits by reason of, or due to, his/her services as a director of the Company.

b) the hypotheses contemplated in Sections 271, 272 and 273 of Law No. 19,550 are verified.

c) they are engaged in the same line of business as the Company or they have an equity interest in a

company that competes with the Company, save for investments for less than 2% of the capital stock of companies whose shares are admitted to public offering.

d) they take part in the process to place an issuance of securities, where they may only acquire or place

bids for acquiring such securities either directly or indirectly only in the conditions established by CNV up and until their participation in such placement process is completed.

e) deprive the Company, for their benefit or for the benefit of a third party, of opportunities to sell or buy

goods, products, services or rights.

f) have a personal interest in a transaction involving the Company, a competitor, a customer or a supplier.

g) wield influence on the adoption of decisions or courses of action seeking to protect or improve specific personal investments or financial interests in a company to which the Company is related.

h) wield decisive influence for the Company to hire a company as a supplier, contractor, agent or

representative when such company is owned or run by close relatives or when close relatives are employed in hierarchical or executive positions.

i) act as a supplier of goods or services for the Company, except in the event of such Director being a

member of firms of professional services that provide advisory services to the Company on an

Page 120: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 120

independent basis: when this were the case, this Director shall refrain from taking part in the negotiation of the engagement, and

j) borrow funds with preferential conditions in his/her own name or through a third-part legal entity or

individual when the Director is related to the Company. It shall be equally understood that there is a conflict of interest when:

a) their personal interest is in opposition to, or interferes with, the Company’s interest in any way.

b) the Company’s inside information is used for the members’ own benefit or for the benefit of third parties.

c) the Directors conduct in their own names transactions with the Bank’s customers when these transactions are a part of the Bank’s habitual activities or business (for instance, purchases and sales of foreign currency). Neither may the Directors borrow money from the Bank’s customers or lend them money in their own names.

d) work is performed, or services are rendered, in favor, or for the benefit, of companies that compete with

the Company or that may become the Company’s competitors.

e) professional activities, or activities additional to those conducted by the Bank are exercised and this entails a direct or indirect conflict of interest with the Company.

f) labor activities in addition to those performed at the Bank are conducted within working hours and Bank

property or services are used to this end, and

g) copies are made for themselves or for the Bank of printed material or of software applications that are protected by copyright or intellectual property rights and/or under license agreements.

The Director is under a duty to advise the Ethics Committee and/or the Board sufficiently in advance of the occurrence of any situation apt to generate a conflict of interest with the Company, even when such situation were not within the preceding list. The Director with an interest contrary to those of the Company shall abstain from taking part in the debates concerning the matters associated to the conflict of interest and from voting the ensuing resolutions. To determine the existence of a conflict of interest in those cases where there are suspicions of non-compliance by a Director with the rules laid down in this Code, the Board shall request an opinion from the Audit Committee before debating and settling the matter. The Director who does not avoid incurring conflicts of interest or fails to duly and timely advise the Ethics Committee and/or the Board of the existence of conflicts of interest that affect such Director or are apt to affect him, shall be deemed to have incurred serious misconduct, which may be punished by the Company itself and/or by the regulatory bodies (Argentine Central Bank, CNV, Buenos Aires Stock Exchange) as set forth in Section 59 of Law No. 19,550, Section 41 of Law No. 21,526, Section 37 of Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831– and/or Section 10 of Law No. 17,811, present-day Law No. 26,831. RULES OF OPERATION OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Executive Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) Section 19 of the Company’s By-laws and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Executive Committee shall be made up by a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 9 directors chosen

by Class D shareholders and a number of alternate directors appointed by the same class of shares to be determined by the Board. The Supervisory Committee will be also in attendance, with voice though

Page 121: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 121

without vote. Besides, the General Manager may, if summoned, participate in the Executive Committee and he/she shall be entitled to voice his/her opinion but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee will remain members of the Committee for a minimum 2-year

period provided that their term in office does not come to an end before then, and they can be indefinitely re-elected in those conditions.

4. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) actively participate in matters related to the

responsibilities contemplated by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Executive Committee shall appoint, from amongst its number, the persons who will act as its

Chairman and Vice-chairman. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, the Vice-chairman shall step in as his/her replacement for the duration of said absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month either at the Entity’s premises

and/or anywhere else in Argentina. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. Overall, the Executive Committee is entrusted with the supervision of the Bank’s ordinary conduct of

business. Pursuant to the Bank’s by-laws, the following are some of the duties and powers of the Executive Committee:

a) Be liable for the conduction of the Company’s ordinary business and all matters delegated to it by the Board of Directors.

b) Develop the Company’s commercial, credit and financial policies subject to the objectives resolved upon by the Board of Directors.

c) Create, maintain, and restructure the Bank’s administrative activities. d) Create Special Committees, approve structures or functional levels and determine the scope of

their duties. e) Appoint General Managers, Executive Vice Presidents and other senior management

members. f) Propose to the Board the creation of branches, agencies or representative offices within

Argentina or abroad. g) Supervise the performance of the Bank’s subsidiaries. h) Submit to the Board for review the rules for the hiring of services by the Company, annual

budget, expenditures and investment estimates, necessary indebtedness levels and action plans to be developed.

i) Approve novations, refinancing processes, debt remissions etc., whenever deemed necessary in the ordinary course of business.

Page 122: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 122

j) Issue its internal regulations.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Executive Committee in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules shall be channeled and performed through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession.

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Audit Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the

Minimum Requirements on Internal Controls issued by the Argentine Central Bank; (ii) Decree 677/2001 –present-day Law No. 26,831–, the CNV’s General Resolution 400/2002 and any supplementary resolutions or amendments thereto and (iii) Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Audit Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 Regular Directors and the

highest-ranking internal audit officer shall be in attendance at its meetings entitled to voice his/her opinion though not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee will remain members of the Committee for a minimum 2-year

period (provided that their term in office does not come to an end before then) and a maximum 3-year period. The term in office as member of the Audit Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members a Director experienced in the matter. A majority of the Directors serving on the Audit Committee must meet the independent director requirements as outlined in the Corporate Governance Code and they must also satisfy the other conditions and principles laid down in such Code.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Audit Committee and shall designate the directors who will serve on it from amongst the regular directors seasoned in business, financial or accounting matters. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Audit Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee, and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee who shall be chosen

from amongst its number and must qualify as an independent director. The Chairman shall be in office for one year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, the Directors serving on this Committee shall designate the person who shall step in as Chairman for the duration of the absence. The following are the Chairman’s functions and powers: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) coordinate committee operation, (iii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking internal audit officer may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee which matters must be discussed at the Committee meetings.

Page 123: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 123

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month at the Bank’s premises. The

date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee shall be summoned for an extraordinary meeting by its Chairman. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and the highest-ranking internal audit officer to be in attendance. In addition, all of the Audit Committee meetings shall be equally attended by the members of the Supervisory Committee who are authorized to take part in the Committee’s discussions but are not entitled to cast votes. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the Directors serving on this Committee who are in attendance and in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The functions of the Audit Committee shall be discharged by the members of this Committee with the

aid of the Internal Audit Department.

9. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Audit Committee are as follows:

a) To oversee the operation of the Bank’s risk management, internal control and administrative and accounting systems, as well as the reliability of the accounting system and of all the information filed with the CNV, the Argentine Central Bank and the self-regulated entities, be it financial or about other events, in the discharge of reporting obligations.

b) To contribute to an improvement in control effectiveness.

c) To follow up on the implementation of the observations made by the internal and external audits.

d) To review and approve the work plan of the internal audit and its degree of completion.

e) To coordinate the tasks between the internal audit and the external audit.

f) To familiarize with the outcomes obtained by the Statutory Auditors or Supervisory Committee.

g) To familiarize with the annual and quarterly financial statements and the external auditors’ reports issued on them and with all the relevant accounting information.

h) To issue an opinion about the Board’s proposal concerning the appointment of the external auditors and the lead partner of the firm of university professionals to be hired by the Company (or, when applicable, the revocation of the firm currently appointed) and to make sure that they remain independent.

i) To watch over compliance with Banco Hipotecario’s currently applicable Code of Ethics.

j) To familiarize with the External Audit’s annual plan, the reports on internal controls prepared by the external auditors, the results of the verifications performed by the SEFyC (Superintendency of Financial and Exchange Institutions) regarding the external auditors’ performance and to assess their performance.

k) To consider the outcomes of the SEFyC’s verifications in the field of internal controls, to propose an answer to the Board, and, when applicable, the measures to solve the observations made.

Page 124: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 124

l) To supervise the application of policies governing information on the Company’s risk management.

m) To provide the market with complete information about transactions apt to cause conflicts of interest with the members of the Company’s governance or with controlling shareholders.

n) To issue an opinion about the reasonableness of the Board’s proposals concerning fees and stock option plans for the Company’s directors and managers.

o) To issue an opinion about compliance with legal requirements and the reasonableness of the conditions for issuing shares or convertible securities in the event of capital increases with limited or null preemptive rights.

p) To issue a duly founded opinion on transactions with related parties in accordance with the provisions laid down by the CNV.

q) To prepare an annual plan of the main tasks to be performed and the resources required to do as much in order to submit it to the Board’s consideration and approval, and

r) To appoint one of the members of the Committee as the person responsible for implementing the annual training plan for all the members.

10. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Audit Committee in the discharge

of its functions as outlined in paragraph 9 of these rules shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them, and/or to the General Manager following a delegation of power by the Board. The Board of Directors or, when applicable, the General Manager, will be the only officers responsible for proceeding with the recommendations of the Audit Committee deriving from the discharge of its functions.

11. The Committee must consider the recommendations made by both the Internal Audit and by the

External Audit and may require the Bank’s Departments, in so far as the Office of the General Manager is made aware of it and coordinates it, to submit plans for proceeding to correct the observations and heed the recommendations with the expression of terms and the identification of those responsible for compliance. This notwithstanding, it is only the Board of Directors and the Office of the General Manager who will be responsible for execution of said plans.

12. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

13. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes, the Internal Audit plans, the reports on internal control reviews and the Committee’s planning actions shall be transcribed unto the special Internal Control Book and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE COMMITTEE FOR CONTROLLING AND PREVENTING MONEY LAUNDERING AND TERRORISM FINANCING

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the Argentine Central Bank’s Rules to Prevent and Control Money Laundering, Terrorism Financing and Other Illegal Activities; and (ii) Resolution 2/2002 of the Financial Information Unit (UIF), Laws No. 25,246 and 26,268 as well as any

Page 125: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 125

other concurrent laws and their regulatory decrees, (iii) the decrees of the Argentine Executive Branch concerning the decisions adopted by the United Nations’ Security Council to combat terrorism and to abide by the resolutions adopted by the Ministry of Foreign Relations, Foreign Trade and Religion, and (iv) Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing shall be

composed of no less than 2 regular Directors: the highest-ranking officer in the unit in charge of preventing money-laundering and the director at the helm of the unit in charge of preventing and controlling money-laundering and combating terrorism financing and by a senior officer seasoned and knowledgeable in financial intermediation operations; these will participate with voice but without vote.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee will remain members of the Committee for a minimum 2-year

period (provided that their term in office does not come to an end before then) and a maximum 3-year period. The term in office of the Directors serving on this Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members a Director knowledgeable in financial intermediation operations and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on this Committee and shall designate its members from amongst regular Directors. The Directors serving on this Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee, and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. The following are the Chairman’s functions and powers: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) coordinate committee operation, (iii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The officer in charge of the unit for preventing and controlling money laundering and terrorism financing may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee the matters to be debated at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month, except for the holiday season

when the the periods between meetings may exceed a month. Meetings will be held at the Bank’s premises. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors. In attendance at its meetings will be the officer responsible for the unit that prevents and controls money laundering and terrorism financing and the highest-ranking officer knowledgeable into financial intermediation transactions and experienced in the field. In addition, all of this Committee’s meetings shall be equally attended by the members of the Supervisory Committee who are authorized to take part in the Committee’s discussions but are not entitled to cast votes. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the Directors serving on this Committee who are in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

Page 126: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 126

8. The functions of this Committee shall be discharged by the members of the Committee with the assistance of the Department in charge of Controlling and Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing.

9. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Committee for Controlling and Preventing Money

Laundering and Terrorism Financing are as follows:

a) To plan, coordinate and oversee the application of the policies approved by the Board to prevent money laundering and terrorism financing.

b) To impart instructions on the Compliance Officer.

c) To consider the reports on the transactions classified as unusual to be filed with the control authorities.

d) To report on the breach of policies and/or procedures for adopting the relevant corrective measures.

e) To submit the annual plan of the tasks to be performed by the Committee and the resources required for its operation to consideration by the Board, and

f) To propose to the Board any changes and/or updates required by the Manual for the Prevention and Control of Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing

g) To consider permanent training plans for personnel

10. Any decisions, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Committee for Controlling and

Preventing Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 9 of these rules shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them, and shall be implemented through the General Manager.

11. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to control aspects meaningful to the Bank and to this matter, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

12. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Information Technology Committee will serve its purpose within the framework

of: (i) the Argentine Central Bank’s Communication "A” 4609 as supplemented or amended and (ii) Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Information Technology Committee shall be made up by no less than 2 and no more than 5 regular

directors and by the highest-ranking officers in the area of systems and the area of information security who will attend meetings with the right to voice their opinions though not to cast votes. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Information Technology Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

Page 127: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 127

3. The Directors serving on this Committee will remain members of the Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Information Technology Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee in a manner such that the Committee shall always have amongst its members a Director knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Information Technology Committee and shall designate the directors who will serve on it from amongst the regular directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training and independent advice should this be required by the matters associated to the Committee’s functions; and (iv) obtain training and independent advice should they need it for knowledge into the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee who shall be chosen

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman one of the Directors serving on this Committee for the duration of said absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking officer (or officers) in the area of Information Technology may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee those matters to be discussed at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical sessions and shall meet at least once every three months at the

Bank’s premises. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officer (or officers) in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Information Technology Committee are as

follows:

a) To provide for, and see to, the existence of policies and procedures in the field of Information Technology, Information Systems and Physical and Logical Safety and Security as well as to have said policies and procedures approved in line with the guidelines laid down by the Board and the rules issued by the Argentine Central Bank.

b) To approve the Annual Plan of Systems, Technology and Physical and Logical Safety and

Security as well as the 3-Year Strategic Plan in accordance with the strategic guidelines laid down by the Board, which must contemplate the nature, scope and timing of the various stages and the follow-up on compliance.

c) To familiarize with all the matters related to the investments and the budget appropriations in

terms of Information Technology, Information Systems and Physical and Logical Safety and Security in line with the plans deployed and with any particular need that may arise.

Page 128: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 128

d) To make sure that it is in control of the activities delegated to it and that they are conducted in harmony with the Bank’s internal guidelines and the Argentine Central Bank’s rules.

e) To approve and follow up on the Contingency Plans for the Bank’s Electronic Data Processing

activities and to be advised of the outcome of the continuity tests run on such processes. f) To advise on new implementations and strategic procurement relating to Information

Technology, Information Systems and Physical and Logical Safety and Security and to the services supplied by the Bank itself and those outsourced.

g) To coordinate the operational and technological actions that ensure the implementation and

operation of the operational model defined. h) To watch over the adequate operation of the information technology environment. i) To contribute to improved effectiveness in the information technology environment. j) To review the reports issued by the audits in connection with the Information Technology,

Information Systems and Physical and Logical Safety and Security environments and to ensure that corrective actions are taken to correct or minimize any weakness observed.

k) To be in contact with the officials of the SEFyC’s Department in charge of External Audit over

Systems in connection with the problems identified during their inspections at the Bank and with a follow-up on the actions undertaken to solve such problems.

l) To be on the watch-out for any significant changes in the risks that may affect the Bank’s

informational assets vis-à-vis the most significant threats. m) To be advised of, and to supervise investigations into and monitoring over, security-related

incidents, and n) To evaluate and coordinate specific controls for information security as soon as the Bank

adopts new systems or procures new services.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Information Technology Committee

in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors, channeled through it and performed through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and must be signed by its members.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE CREDIT COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Credit Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the rules issued by the Argentine Central Bank and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

Page 129: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 129

2. The Credit Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors, and by the highest ranking officers in the area of credit risk, both at the retail banking segment and at the corporate banking segment who will attend its meetings allowed to voice their opinions but not to cast votes. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Credit Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee shall serve on the Committee for a minimum period of 2 years

in so far as their term of office as a regular director does not come to an end sooner. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter. A majority of the Directors serving on this Committee must meet the independent director requirement, in accordance with the guidelines set forth by Communication “A” 5201 of the Argentine Central Bank.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Committee and shall designate the regular directors who will serve on it. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking credit risk officers from both the retail banking and corporate banking segments may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee which matters must be discussed at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month at the Bank’s premises. The

date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking credit risk officers from both the retail banking and corporate banking segments in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The Credit Committee’s functions shall be discharged by the members of this Committee with the

assistance of the credit risk departments, both from the retail and the corporate banking segments.

9. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Credit Committee are as follows:

a) To submit the Credit Policies concerning the whole loan cycle for the Personal Banking and Corporate Banking segments to consideration and approval by the Board.

Page 130: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 130

b) To recommend approval of the Credit Programs that supplement the Product Programs prepared when launching new products and/or deals that entail credit risk.

c) To approve funding for Legal Entities and for the Public Sector for up to the amount defined by

the Board. d) To approve funding for Individuals for up to the amount defined by the Board with mortgage-

secured products. e) To approve funding for Individuals for up to the amount defined by the Board for loans not

secured with a mortgage (personal loans, pledges, credit card limits or limits on checking accounts).

f) To issue an opinion on the types of funding not described in the preceding paragraphs and on

all the other funding in excess of the basic margin established by the credit rating rules and 2.5% of the Bank’s regulatory capital for consideration by the Executive Committee/Board.

g) To approve, every month, the levels of loan loss provisions applicable to the loan portfolio in

accordance with the rules of the Central Bank and prudential criteria. h) To propose to the Board the criteria to be adopted in the sale of loan portfolios. i) To take part in decisions concerning credit aid to related individuals and legal entities and,

accompanied by an opinion, submit them to consideration by the Board when applicable. j) To familiarize with the Management Reports concerning loan portfolio performance at the

intervals established in each case and to recommend actions when applicable, and k) To familiarize with the Bank’s situation vis-à-vis prudential ratios in terms of credit fractioning,

concentration and rating.

10. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Credit Committee in the discharge

of its functions as outlined in paragraph 9 of these rules shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them and implemented through the General Manager.

11. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

12. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE PERSONNEL INCENTIVES COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Personnel Incentives Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) Communication "A” 5201, its supplementary rules and the amendments thereto and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Personnel Incentives Committee shall be made up by 3 regular Directors and by the highest-

ranking officer in the area of organizational development, who will attend the meetings with the right to

Page 131: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 131

voice opinions though not to vote. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Personnel Incentives Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on this Committee and shall designate its members from amongst regular Directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking officer in charge of organizational development may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee the matters to be debated at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical sessions and shall meet at least once every three months at the

Bank’s premises. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officer in charge of organizational development in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The the functions of the Committee shall be discharged by its members with the assistance of the

organizational development department.

9. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Personnel Incentives Committee are as follows:

a) To lay down the policies and practices to financially incentivize personnel to manage risk, capital and liquidity.

b) To establish that the policy to financially incentivize personnel should be in harmony with the

guidelines set forth in the laws and regulations that currently govern these matters c) To establish that the financial incentives for the benefit of the organization’s members:

Page 132: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 132

1. should be tied to the contribution by each individual and each business unit to the Company’s performance.

2. should be established in line with the objectives sought by the Company’s shareholders, and 3. should be sensitive to the time dimension of risks. d) To promote and coordinate the annual assessment of the system of financial incentives to

personnel, which must be conducted by an independent area of the Company or an external entity.

10. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Personnel Incentives Committee in

the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 9 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors, channeled through it and performed through the General Manager.

11. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

12. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

Page 133: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 133

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Risk Management Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) Communications "A” 5201 and “A” 5203 and the rules that supplement and/or amend them and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Risk Management Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 5 regular

Directors and by the highest-ranking officer in the area of risk management who will attend the meetings with the right to voice opinions though not to vote.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Committee and shall designate the directors who will serve on it from amongst the regular directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The Chairman shall discharge his/her functions subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking risk management officer may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee which matters must be discussed at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once every two months. The date for each

ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking risk management officer in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The Directors serving on this Committee may attend meetings remotely through means of simultaneous

transmission of sound, images or voice provided that the members who attend on a remote basis communicate this circumstance in advance of the time fixed for the meeting as well as the means of communication that they will use. This manner of meeting attendance is put on record in the meeting’s minutes.

Page 134: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 134

9. The functions of this Committee shall be discharged by the members of the Committee with the assistance of the risk management departments.

10. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Risk Management Committee are as follows:

a) To monitor risk management in terms of credit, market, liquidity, interest rate and operational

risks, using as a benchmark the best practices in the field of risk management. b) To propose risk tolerance levels and risk management strategies to the Board.

c) To propose risk management policies to the Board and to review them at regular intervals, at

least annually, and whenever in the opinion of the Committee events or situations occur that warrant as much.

d) To propose a stress testing program and contingency plans and to review them at regular intervals -at least once a year.

e) To monitor that there should be sufficient dissemination of information about the Entity’s risk

management framework. f) To propose to the Board the exceptions to the strategies, policies and limits in force when they

entail a significant deviation. g) To make sure that both senior management and the personnel working in the areas involved

rely on the skills and experience required for managing risk. h) To make sure that the policy governing financial incentives to personnel does not conflict with

the Entity’s risk strategy. i) To assess the risk profile based on the definitions in the business plan and, when applicable, to

see to it that corrective actions are undertaken. j) To assess the outcome of any comprehensive stress tests run and the contingency plans in

force and to propose that corrective actions are implemented in the event of stress situations. k) To submit the evaluation as to whether the Entity’s capital levels are adequate in the face of the

risks assumed to consideration by the Board, and l) To familiarize with the outcomes of the internal audit reviews to which the risk management

framework may be subject and, whenever applicable, to see to it that all measures are taken to solve the observations made.

11. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Risk Management Committee in

the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 10 of these rules shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them, and shall be implemented through the General Manager.

12. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and by the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote. Besides, also in attendance at these meetings will be the members of the Supervisory Committee, who may take part in the Committee’s discussions without the right to cast votes.

13. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto

Page 135: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 135

the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

Page 136: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 136

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Corporate Governance Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the Argentine Central Bank’s Communication "A” 5201 and the rules that supplement and/or amend them and the Argentine Securities Commission’s General Resolution 516 and the rules that supplement and/or amend them, and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Corporate Governance Committee shall be made up by the number of regular directors as

established by the Board of Directors from a minimum of 3 and a maximum of 5 directors: at least one of them shall meet the independent director requirement. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Corporate Governance Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee must at all times be composed of a majority of Directors knowledgeable in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Committee and shall designate the regular directors who will serve on it. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings..

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once every three months at the Bank’s

premises except for the holiday season when the the periods between meetings may exceed three months. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Corporate Governance Committee are as

follows:

a) To supervise the application of the Corporate Governance Code and adherence to the corporate principles of “full disclosure”, “transparency”, “efficiency”, “investor protection”, “equal treatment amongst investors” and “protection of the entity’s stability”;

Page 137: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 137

b) To submit to the Board the reports concerning Board and Senior management performance for

review; c) To take part in all changes in the organization’s structure, rendering an opinion about their

effects vis-à-vis the corporate governance policy; d) To oversee implementation of the policies and rules governing the relationships between the

issuer and the conglomerate and with its components; e) To gather information about the transactions with affiliates, related companies, the shareholders

and the members of management and, overall, those that may be relevant in determining the degree of effectiveness and adherence to the duties of loyalty, diligence and independence;

f) To see to it that the shareholders, investors and the market in general have full and timely

access to any information that the issuer is duty-bound to truthfully disclose; g) To monitor any trades conducted by Company’s Directors, statutory auditors and managers

involving the securities issued by the Bank and its subsidiaries as well as any agreements with related parties;

h) To supervise application of the policies dealing with the remuneration of Board and General

Management members; i) To become aware of the Corporate Governance Codes of the Bank's Subsidiaries; j) To propose changes to the Corporate Governance Code of the Bank and its Subsidiaries, and k) To become aware of the regulatory compliance risks associated to the business including those

related to the development of new products and commercial practices through the reports produced by the relevant areas.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Corporate Governance Committee

in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them and for their implementation through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s General Manager and the

highest-ranking officer in charge of Regulatory Compliance and may also invite other members of Management as well as the External Auditor and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE ETHICS COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Ethics Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the Ethics Code and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

Page 138: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 138

2. The Ethics Committee shall be composed of at least 3 regular directors and a maximum of 7 regular directors. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Ethics Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter. A majority of the Directors serving on this Committee must be Independent Directors in accordance with the criteria laid down in the Corporate Governance Code and they must also satisfy the other conditions and principles laid down in such Code.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on the Ethics Committee and shall designate the directors who will serve on it from amongst the regular directors seasoned in business, financial or accounting matters. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold meetings at the Bank’s premises when there are matters to be discussed

within its purview. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officer in charge of Organizational Development and Quality in attendance and, when deemed necessary given the nature of the matters up for discussion, the highest-ranking officer in charge of Regulatory Compliance in attendance, who will be allowed to take part in the meetings with right to voice their opinions though not to cast votes. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Ethics Committee are associated to resolving

issues concerning the interpretation of the Ethics Code as they apply to the actions of the Directors, the Office of the General Manager or department managers or commence investigations based on complaints received from Bank employees on grounds of possible departures from the Ethics Code attributable to these officers through the transparency line provided to that end, and, when applicable, to enforce the provisions of the Ethics Code. Each case shall be confidentially treated by the Committee. Under no circumstances shall adverse measures be implemented against the person posing the enquiry or against whom there are suspicions of a potential crime or irregular situation in breach of the provisions laid down by the Code of Ethics, a law, regulation or internal procedure at the Bank. After the

Page 139: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 139

request is received, the process required to respond to the enquiries and/or to corroborate the reports shall start.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Ethics Committee in the discharge

of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for them to channel them and for their implementation through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE FINANCE COMMITTEE

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Finance Committee will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) the Argentine Central Bank’s rules and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Finance Committee shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 7 regular Directors and

by the highest ranking officers in the Departments of Finances, Financial Operations and Market Risk, who will participate with permission to voice their opinions though not to cast votes. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Finance Committee, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on this Committee and shall designate its members from amongst regular Directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking officers in charge of finances, financial operations and market risk may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee the matters to be debated at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background

Page 140: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 140

information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month. The date for each ordinary

meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officers in charge of finances, financial operations and market risk in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The Directors serving on this Committee may attend meetings remotely through means of simultaneous

transmission of sound, images or voice provided that the members who attend on a remote basis communicate this circumstance in advance of the time fixed for the meeting as well as the means of communication that they will use. This manner of meeting attendance is put on record in the meeting’s minutes.

9. Should extraordinary or emergency circumstances emerge that prevent summoning a Finance

Committee meeting, the decisions concerning the consummation of financial transactions shall be temporarily delegated to the Company’s Chairman or Vice-chairman or a Director serving on the Committee, if applicable. The departments involved in the decision and taking part on the Committee will be under a duty to account for the decisions made before the directors serving on this Committee.

10. The functions of this Committee shall be discharged by the members of the Committee with the

assistance of the Finance, Financial Operations and Market Risk Departments.

11. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Finance Committee are as follows:

a) To control the Entity’s liquidity and solvency. b) To define the levels of tolerance to liquidity risk in the light of the business strategy, systemic

conditions and other relevant considerations. c) To define the limits and/or zones for early alerts in the case of financial risks, including though

not limited to imbalances in cash flows, exchange rate and interest rate.

d) To determine the level of liquid asset surpluses that should be maintained in order to face a range of stress events.

e) To participate in the assessment and approval of financial products. f) To define strategies for investing in liquid assets and to be familiar with financial assets

management and with the entity’s general foreign exchange position. g) To approve limits on the exposure to Government and private debt securities, shares, metals

and currencies. h) To authorize, within the limits delegated to it by the Board of Directors, operations involving

futures, forwards and other derivatives both for hedging and arbitrage strategies. i) To fix, assess and control the financial risk of the different portfolios of investments.

j) To be familiar with financial liabilities management.

Page 141: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 141

k) To propose to the Board of Directors transactions involving the issuance and placement of debt within the framework and following the modalities laid down by the Shareholders’ Meeting.

l) To foster the establishment of financial trusts. m) To recommend the banks, rating agencies, law firms and auditors or due diligence providers to

be hired for issuing and placing debt securities. n) To propose debt repurchase transactions and refinancing processes. o) To receive reports on a regular basis to learn about the Entity’s liquidity position, and p) To verify that the managers of the finance department should deploy the strategies conceived

by the Committee.

12. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Finance Committee in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 11 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them and for their implementation through the General Manager.

13. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

14. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE COMMITTEE OF HOMES

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Committee of Homes will serve its purpose within the framework of: (i) Section

4, sub-section a) of the Company’s By-laws and (ii) the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Committee of Homes shall be made up by no less than 3 and no more than 13 regular Directors and by the highest ranking officer in the area of Homes, who will attend its meetings with permission to voice his/her opinions though not to cast votes. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Committee of Homes, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on this Committee and shall designate its members from amongst regular Directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

Page 142: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 142

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking officer in charge of Homes may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee the matters to be debated at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical sessions and shall meet at least once every three months at the

Bank’s premises. The date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officer in charge of Homes in attendance. The Committee shall adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Committee of Homes are as follows:

a) To foster the development of home financing throughout the country. b) To perform, or have others perform, research work concerning systems aimed at facilitating

access to home loans. c) To evaluate and render opinions on proposals of plans aimed at financing homes. d) To represent the Bank before agencies in the public and/or private sector and international

credit agencies in the aspects relating to the Committee’s mission. e) To design and propose to the Board of directors special policies for financing homes. f) To provide the Board with relevant information. g) To propose to the Board changes in the organization and functions of the Department of

Homes. h) To supervise the performance of the Department of Homes, and i) To coordinate with the other Bank committees the financial aspects and the assessment of

credit risk in the various lines of home loans.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Committee of Homes in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them and for their implementation through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in

Page 143: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 143

their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and by the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote .

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.

RULES OF OPERATION OF THE COMMITTEE OF SOCIAL AND INSTITUTIONAL AFFAIRS

1. Banco Hipotecario S.A.’s Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs shall serve its purpose within the framework of the Bank’s Corporate Governance Code.

2. The Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs shall be made up by no less than 2 regular directors

and no more than 5 regular directors, and by the highest-ranking officer in the area of institutional relations and relations with the community who will attend these meetings with permission to voice opinions though not to vote. Moreover, if deemed suitable, the Supervisory Committee may attend all meetings of the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs, being empowered to voice opinions but not to cast votes.

3. The Directors serving on this Committee for a minimum 2-year period provided that their term in office

does not come to an end before then. The term in office as member of the Committee must not coincide with the term in office of the other Directors serving on the Committee, in a manner such that the Committee shall always have a Director amongst its members knowledgeable and experienced in the matter.

4. By a simple majority vote, the Board of Directors shall determine the number of members who will serve

on this Committee and shall designate its members from amongst the regular directors. The Directors serving on this Committee must: (i) take an active role in the matters associated to the duties imposed by the Corporate Governance Code, these Rules and any additional standards that may govern it; (ii) attend Committee meetings; (iii) obtain training in the matters associated to the functions of the Committee; and (iv) obtain training for knowledge of the Bank and its businesses.

5. The Committee shall be chaired by one of the Directors serving on this Committee and shall be elected

from amongst its number. The term of office of the chairman shall be 1 year with the possibility of his/her reelection subject to the general restrictions described in paragraph 3 above. In the event of absence of the Chairman, one of the Directors serving on this Committee shall step in as a substitute for the duration of such absence. The chairman of the Committee shall have the following powers and functions: (i) preside over meetings, (ii) define which matters shall be debated at meetings, (iii) coordinate committee operation, (iv) represent the committee before the competent authorities, and (v) call extraordinary meetings. The highest-ranking officer in charge of institutional relations and relations with the community may suggest to the Chairman of the Committee which matters must be discussed at the Committee meetings.

6. The Chairman of the Committee shall communicate in writing or by e-mail to all the committee members

the Order of Business stating the matters up for debate at the meeting as well as any background information, supplementary details or any other documentation whose previous knowledge were required for discussing and adopting a resolution on the matters to be considered. The Chairman may turn to the Board Secretary for assistance.

7. The Committee shall hold periodical meetings and at least once a month at the Bank’s premises. The

date for each ordinary meeting shall be fixed by the Committee itself each time. When the urgency of the matter so warrants, the Committee’s Chairman shall call extraordinary meetings. To validly session, the Committee needs the simple majority of its member directors and to have the highest-ranking officer in charge of institutional relations and relations with the community in attendance. The Committee shall

Page 144: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE - …hipotecario.com.ar/media/pdf/Ref2315UpdatedBHSACorporateGovernance...The Bank directly or indirectly controls various companies that form its group of

Page # 144

adopt its decisions, render opinions or make recommendations by a majority vote of the designated directors in attendance, in the event of a hung vote, the Chairman’s vote shall count as double.

8. The powers and duties inherent in the functions of the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs are

as follows:

a) To define the policies for granting gifts and subsidies and submit them to approval by the Board. b) To grant subsidies for social and/or cultural purposes. c) To approve the donation of real estate not currently in use.

d) To take part in all matters concerning the Bank’s image and/or its insertion in the community.

e) To consider the environmental impacts of the construction projects or civil works funded by the

Bank.

f) To consider the Annual Social Balance Sheet in the terms discussed under the heading “Social Balance Sheet” and the report issued on it and to submit it to approval by the Board, and

g) To familiarize with all relevant information in connection with the enterprise social responsibility of Banco Hipotecario and its subsidiaries.

9. Any proposals, opinions and recommendations handed down by the Committee of Social and Institutional Affairs in the discharge of its functions as outlined in paragraph 8 of these rules, shall be submitted to the Board of Directors for it to channel them and for their implementation through the General Manager.

10. When the Committee sees it fit, it may invite any Banco Hipotecario S.A. officer, its External Auditor

and/or representatives of other external or internal entities to attend its meetings, when they relate to aspects meaningful to the Bank, asking them for assistance and requesting access to the information in their possession. This Committee’s meetings may be attended by the Directors who do not serve on it and by the General Manager who will be entitled to voice their opinions though not to vote.

11. The Committee shall draw up minutes recording the matters discussed at each meeting and shall

submit them to the Board for its information and/or consideration. The Minutes shall be transcribed unto the special book provided for such purpose and they must be signed by the members and officers in attendance at the meeting.